Quarterlytics / Healthcare / Medical - Healthcare Information Services / NextGen Healthcare / FY2011 Annual Report

NextGen Healthcare
Annual Report 2011

NXGN · NASDAQ Healthcare
Claim this profile
Ticker NXGN
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Healthcare
Industry Medical - Healthcare Information Services
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2011 Annual Report · NextGen Healthcare
Loading PDF…
Q
U
A
L

I
T
Y

S
Y
S
T
E
M
S
,

I

N
C

.

2
0
1
1

A
N
N
U
A
L

R
E
P
O
R
T

C O R P O R AT E   H E A D Q U A R T E R S / Q S I D E N TA L   L O C AT I O N

18111 Von Karman Avenue, Suite 700

Irvine, California  92612

949.255.2600

www.qsii.com

NExTGE N  HE A LT H C A R E  LO C AT I O N S

795 Horsham Road 

Horsham, Pennsylvania 19044 

215.657.7010

3340 Peachtree Road NE, Suite 2700 

Atlanta, Georgia 30326 

404.467.1500

286 Grand Avenue 

Southlake, Texas 76092 

215.657.7010

1836 Lackland Hill Parkway 

St. Louis, Missouri 63146 

314.989.0300

11350 McCormick Road 

Executive Plaza IV, Suite 600 

Hunt Valley, Maryland 21031 

443.933.4300

12301-B Riata Trace Parkway, Suite 200 

Austin, Texas 78727 

512.336.7200

www.nextgen.com

Right Place.

Right Time. 

Right Solutions.

Q U A L I T Y   S Y S T E M S,   I N C .

2 0 1 1   A N N U A L   R E P O R T

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C O M P A N Y  P R O f I L E

Quality Systems, Inc. (NASDAQ:QSII) develops and markets computer-based practice 

management, electronic health records and revenue cycle management applications as well as 

connectivity products and services. The Company serves medical and dental group practices as 

well as rural and community hospitals. 

f I N A N C I A L  H I G H L I G H T S

Fiscal year ended March 31, 

2011  

2010  

2009 

 2008 

2007

Revenue 

Net income 

$353,363  $291,811  $245,515  $186,500  $157,165

$61,606 

48,379 

46,119 

40,078 

33,232

Diluted earnings per share 

$2.12 

$1.68 

$1.62 

$1.44 

 $1.21

Cash dividends declared per share  

$1.25 

$1.20 

$1.15 

$1.00 

$1.00

Total shareholders’ equity 

$224, 670  $188,289  $155,567  $113,705  $91,246

 (in thousands, except per share amounts)

A b O U T T H E  C O v E R

The front cover is a representation of a geometric shape known as a fractal.  A fractal is divisible into parts, each of 

which is a smaller copy of the whole.  Similarly, Quality Systems’ electronic-based solutions for the healthcare industry, 

such as practice management, patient records and revenue cycle management applications, can be customized into parts 

to meet the specific needs of medical, dental and ambulatory group practices as well as rural and community hospitals.  

Currently used by more than 70,000 physicians and dentists nationwide, Quality Systems’ solutions have been tested, 

trusted and proven and can be scaled to handle the impending nationwide demand for a unified transition to electronic 

health records.

C O R P O R A T E  I N f O R M A T I O N

b O A R D  O f   DI R E C T O R S

Sheldon Razin
Chairman of the Board and Founder, Quality Systems, Inc.

Steven T. Plochocki
Chief Executive Officer, Quality Systems, Inc.

Craig A. barbarosh
Partner, Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman, LLP

Murray f. brennan, MD
Memorial Sloan Kettering Cancer Center, New York

George H. bristol
Managing Director, Janas Associates

Patrick b. Cline
President, Quality Systems, Inc.

Ahmed D. Hussein
Director, Cairo, Egypt

D. Russell Pflueger
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Quiescence Medical, Inc.

Maureen A. Spivack
Managing Director, Morgan Keegan & Company, Inc.

O f f I C E R S O f  T H E  C O M P A N Y

Steven T. Plochocki
Chief Executive Officer

Patrick b. Cline
President

Paul A. Holt
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

James J. Sullivan 
Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

Scott Decker
President, NextGen Healthcare

Donn E. Neufeld
Executive Vice President, EDI and Dental

Steve Puckett
Executive Vice President, NextGen Inpatient Solutions

Monte L. Sandler
Executive Vice President, NextGen Practice Solutions

L E G A L   C O U N S E L

Rutan & Tucker, LLP
Costa Mesa, California

I N D E P E N D E N T   A U D I T O R S

PricewaterhouseCoopers
Irvine, California

S T O C k   T R A N S f E R  A G E N T  & 
R E G I S T R A R

Computershare
Glendale, California

AN N U A L   M E E T I N G

2011 Annual Shareholders’ Meeting will be held on 
Thursday, August 11, 2011 at 1:00 PM Pacific Time.  
The meeting will be held at:

The Center Club 
650 Town Center Drive 
Costa Mesa, California 92626

f O R M   10 - k

A copy of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K,  
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, is 
available on the Company’s website at www.qsii.com or by 
contacting the Company at:

Quality Systems, Inc. 
Attention: Investor Relations 
18111 Von Karman Avenue, Suite 700 
Irvine, California 92612 
949.255.2600

f O R w A R D - L O OkI N G   S T A T E M E N T S

Statements  made  in  this  Annual  Report  to  Shareholders  and 
in  our  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  (“Form  10-K”)  contained 
herein  (collectively,  this  “Report”),  other  reports  and  proxy 
statements  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission 
(“Commission”), communications to shareholders, press releases 
and  oral  statements  made  by  our  representatives  that  are  not 
historical  in  nature,  or  that  state  our  or  management’s  inten-
tions,  hopes,  beliefs,  expectations  or  predictions  of  the  future, 
may constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning 
of Section 21E of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as 
amended. Forward-looking statements can often be identified by 
the use of forward-looking terminology, such as “could,” “should,” 
“will,” “will be,” “will lead,” “will assist,” “intended,” “continue,” 
“believe,”  “may,”  “expect,”  “hope,”  “anticipate,”  “goal,”  “fore-
cast,” “plan,” “potentially” or “estimate” or variations thereof or 
similar expressions. Forward-looking statements are not guaran-
tees of future performance. Forward-looking statements involve 
risks, uncertainties and assumptions. It is important to note that 
any such performance and actual results, financial condition or 
business,  could  differ  materially  from  those  expressed  in  such 
forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute 
to such differences include, but are not limited to, the risk factors 
discussed in Item 1A of our Form 10-K as well as factors discussed 
elsewhere in this and other reports and documents we file with 
the Commission. Other unforeseen factors not identified herein 
could also have such an effect. We undertake no obligation to 
update or revise forward-looking statements to reflect changed 
assumptions, the occurrence of unanticipated events or changes in 
future operating results, financial condition or business over time 
unless required by law. Interested persons are urged to review 
the risks described under Item 1A, “Risk Factors” and in Item 7, 
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition 
and Results of Operations” in our Form 10-K, as well as in our 
other public disclosures and filings with the Commission.

n
o
s
l
O
r
e
t
e
P

:
Y
H
P
A
R
G
O
T
O
H
P

y
e

l
l

e
n
n
o
D
R

R

:

G
N
I
T
N
R
P

I

.
c
n

I

,
n
g
i
s
e
D
r
e
k
r
a
b

:

I

N
G
S
E
D

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Q u a l i t y   S y s t e m s ,   I n c .   |       1

For the past two years, Quality Systems, Inc. (QSI) has been planning and preparing for an extra-ordinary period within the healthcare information technology (HIT) sector in which it participates.Benefits of the 2009 American Recovery and Reinvestment Act (ARRA) – where under the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health (HITECH) Act, approximately $30 billion in stimulus incentives have been dedicated to helping physicians and medical groups transition to an electronic platform – began to be realized during the Company’s fiscal 2011 fourth quarter (the first calendar quarter of 2011). This contributed to a year of solid financial performance for QSI. Approximately 60 percent of physicians and group practices are still paper-based, according to KLAS, an organization that provides reviews and reports on vendors of HIT. The ARRA mandate calls for completion of the electronic transition to a paperless system by 2015. This presents an enormous opportunity for QSI as it taps into medical offices, dental practices and hospitals that will shift to a paperless platform in the coming years. By positioning, preparing and strengthening the Company, and through the offering of diversified services and solutions, QSI is well prepared for the major sea-change currently underway in our nation’s healthcare system. Both the economic stimulus incen-tives as well as healthcare reform present enormous opportunity for future growth in this  unprecedented time. Steven T. Plochocki Chief Executive OfficerSheldon Razin  Chairman of the Board  and FounderLetter to SharehoLderSDental Market
1973

Ambulatory Market
1996

Revenue Cycle
Management Market
2008

Inpatient Solutions Market
2009

QSIDental
Formed
(1973)

Micromed
Acquired
(1997)

HSI
Acquired
(2008)

NextDDS
Launched
(2009)

Opus Healthcare
Solutions
Acquired
(2010)

Clinitec
Acquired
(1996)

NextGen
Healthcare
Formed
 (2001)

PMP
Acquired
(2008)

ARRA
Enacted
 (2009)

Sphere
Healthcare
Acquired
(2009)

Meaningful Use
Established
(2010)

2       |       2 0 11   A n n u a l   R e p o r t

IT ALL TAKES TIMEWhile we were busy preparing for the stimulus period, the U.S. government spent its time finalizing regulations for Meaningful Use and certification. Meaningful Use is defined by government criteria with which physicians and medical groups must comply to be eligible for stimulus incentives. Certification refers to government approval that products and services must obtain before providers can use them to meet the Meaningful Use criteria, thus quali-fying them for incentives. We took advantage of the 20-month period between February 2009 when the stimulus plan was announced, and October 2010 when the Meaningful Use standards were completed and the certification process established, by preparing for the onset of the stimulus plan. With much of the heavy lifting and necessary development complete, we are truly in an optimal position to capitalize on this opportunity.Since its founding in 1973, QSI has continued to expand its market leadership position through a series of acquisitions.  The Company further cemented its role in the HIT sector as it prepared for the ARRA and healthcare reform through the  establishment of four distinct business units.QSI Organizational MilestonesC i n C i n n a t i   C h i l d r e n ’ s   h o s p i t a l   M e d i C a l   C e n t e r

Michele Fronckiewicz
Executive Director
Department of Community Practice Services 
Cincinnati Children’s Hospital Medical Center 
Cincinnati, OH

The  Department  of  Communit y 

Practice  Ser vices  at  Cincinnati 

Children’s  Hospital  Medical  Center 

provides   customize d   practice 

management,  clinical  and  workflow 

solutions  to  65  community - based 

physicians at 14 practices throughout 

Ohio,  Kentucky  and  Indiana.  The 

organization began using NextGen® 

Practice  Management  and  NextGen 

“NextGen’s applications and revenue cycle 

services, coupled with the hard work  

put forth by the entire service team, ensures 

Community Practice Services can achieve 

ongoing improvement for its clients – from 

the interface we have with our local  

health information exchange to enhancing 

revenue for clients, particularly in a 

challenging economy. Collaboration is the 

key to the success of this relationship.”

Ambulatory  EHR  in  2006  and  added  RCM  services  from  NextGen  Practice 

Solutions in 2009. From March 2010 to March 2011, Community Practice Services 

decreased  its  insurance  accounts  receivable  (A/R)  older  than  90  days  by  76 

percent and lowered days in A/R by 17 percent while cash receipts increased at 

a rate higher than gross charges, all with the help of NextGen Practice Solutions.

Q u a l i t y   S y s t e m s ,   I n c .   |       3

4       |       2 0 11   A n n u a l   R e p o r t

The Company is appropriately positioned to support both the stimulus plan and health-care reform with a range of electronic solutions that address the following key markets:•	Ambulatory – Our NextGen Healthcare business unit is a leader in providing elec-tronic health records (EHR), financial reporting and health information exchange (HIE) solutions for hospitals, health systems, physician practices and other healthcare organizations.•	Inpatient – NextGen Inpatient Solutions provides clinical and financial software solutions to rural and community hospitals. •	Dental – QSIDental is a pioneer in automated dental solutions. In fact, this is the founding platform of our business model.•	Revenue Cycle Management (RCM) – NextGen Practice Solutions offers technology-driven, revenue improvement services that create efficient and effective business operations.We further enhanced the Company’s infrastructure through the establishment of four distinct business units (ambulatory, inpatient, dental and RCM) from the two (ambulatory and dental) we have operated for the past 15 years. Leadership was appointed to head each unit, which are currently growing at double-digit rates. Additionally, during fiscal 2011, we expanded our sales, training and implementation staff across the various units, ending the year with approximately 1,600 employees. Our persistent preparation for this enormous opportunity included the completion of five self-funded acquisitions between 2008 and 2010, which further strengthened our posi-tion and continued to enhance our platform. All these acquisitions played a key role in the restructuring of our organization. QSI now has three certified products catering to physicians,  
hospitals and dentists along with an RCM solution.

Q u a l i t y   S y s t e m s ,   I n c .   |       5

In fiscal 2010, we entered into the underserved rural and community hospital market with the acquisitions of Opus Healthcare Solutions, Inc., a leading developer of clinical software and services for the inpatient market, and the assets of Sphere Health Systems, Inc., which provided inpatient financial software. Opus and Sphere became the catalysts for creating our NextGen Inpatient Solutions business unit to cater to this market segment.The forging of our relationship with Planet DDS in the first quarter of fiscal 2010 further cemented QSIDental’s market leadership role. This Software-as-a-Service (SaaS) dental application automates all billing and clinical aspects of dental practices. Now, QSIDental offers this SaaS solution under the NextDDS name.Additionally, the fiscal 2009 acquisitions of St. Louis, Mo.-based Healthcare Strategic Initiatives (HSI) and Hunt Valley, Md.-based Practice Management Partners (PMP), both full-service healthcare revenue cycle management entities, became the foundation for our NextGen Practice Solutions business unit.Furthermore, we worked hard to ensure that our products achieved the latest certi-fication status. We now have three certified products catering to physicians, hospitals and dentists along with a software billing and collections (RCM) solution. NextGen® Ambulatory EHR version 5.6 SP1 and NextGen® Inpatient Clinicals version 2.4 are certi-fied for Stage 1 Meaningful Use. The QSIDental product is also certified for Meaningful Use when used in conjunction with NextGen Ambulatory EHR version 5.6 SP1. NextGen® Ambulatory EHR 5.6 is also a CCHIT Certified® 2011 Ambulatory EHR, additionally certi-fied for Child Health, Cardiovascular Medicine with Advanced Reporting, Behavioral Health and Dermatology. NextGen® Inpatient Clinicals version 2.4 is a CCHIT Certified® 2011 Inpatient EHR. “CCHIT®” and “CCHIT Certified®” are registered trademarks of the Certification Commission for Health Information TechnologyB l a C k s t o n e   V a l l e y   C o M M u n i t y   h e a l t h   C a r e

“Our patients are underserved in medical, dental 

and behavioral health services, and have high 

incidences of chronic disease. NextGen provides 

Raymond Lavoie
Executive Director
Blackstone Valley Community Health Care 
Pawtucket, RI

Blackstone  Valley  Community  Health 

Care,  a  Federally  Qualified  Health 

the tools essential to reducing disparities and 

Center (FQHC), serves the communities of 

improving overall health by placing critical 

Pawtucket and Central Falls, Rhode Island. 

patient information in our clinicians’ hands 

Blackstone  has  achieved  the  highest 

at the point of care. Using our EHR to monitor 

level of NCQA certification for PCMHs. 

diabetes patient data and plan for visits, we 

Blackstone  began  using  NextGen 

increased our rate of critical foot exams from 68.7 

Practice Management in January 2007 

percent to 93 percent, while the national average 

and  added  QSIDental  and  NextGen 

is just 81.3 percent. We also improved kidney 

Ambulatory EHR within the following six 

screening from 15.9 percent to 43.6 percent, 

helping more patients avoid dialysis. NextGen 

understands FQHCs, and this relationship has 

exceeded our initial expectations.”

months.  Blackstone  recently  added  

NextGen’s  HIE  and  Patient  Portal  

solutions.  The  electronic  claims  and 

remittance  functions  alone  have 

reduced A/R days from 70+ to 25. 

6       |       2 0 11   A n n u a l   R e p o r t

Q u a l i t y   S y s t e m s ,   I n c .   |       7

THE TIME IS NOWDuring fiscal 2011, the organizational structure we created in fiscal 2010 strategically fell into place as we solidified these four business units which now comprise our growing platform: NextGen Healthcare, which spans our ambulatory solutions; NextGen Inpatient Solutions, serving rural and community hospitals; QSIDental, catering to dental practices; and NextGen Practice Solutions, providing RCM services.NextGen Healthcare Throughout fiscal 2011, the NextGen ambulatory unit, under the direction of Scott Decker, its president, saw successful execution and deployment of certified EHR solutions, supporting small-to-large ambulatory practices in their quest to secure Meaningful Use incentive payments. Clients are now attesting for Meaningful Use and receiving Medicaid and Medicare stimulus payments. At the same time, clients are actively leveraging NextGen® solutions to secure incentives through the Physician Quality Reporting System (PQRS) program. NextGen clients secured nearly $2 million in reimbursements for the 2009 program, issued in late fall 2010.NextGen Healthcare ended the fiscal year with a portfolio of integrated products and services that support the changing landscape of Accountable Care Organizations (ACOs)and Patient-Centered Medical Homes (PCMHs). NextGen clients lead the industry, with many National Committee for Quality Assurance (NCQA) Level III medical homes using NextGen®. In addition, our ambulatory solutions extend care coordination across communi-ties and provide extensive national and state quality reporting capabilities for transparency.This business unit also launched the next generation of EHR clinical content with a new intuitive user interface and advanced workflows. In addition, it broadened our port-folio offerings with releases of mobile health tools, health quality measures reporting and NextGen Healthcare is a leader in the ambulatory market  
with a broad, customizable award- winning offering. 

8       |       2 0 11   A n n u a l   R e p o r t

dashboard analytics, as well as the market introduction of NextPenTM, an innovative tool that seamlessly turns handwritten text into computerized structured data.This past fiscal year also saw very strong adoption of NextGen® Patient Portal, as we ended the year with more than 850,000 patients enrolled, enabling them to exchange clinical data and electronically communicate with providers.The ambulatory unit expanded its market penetration among Regional Extension Centers (REC) that consider NextGen Healthcare a preferred provider. The selection rate is in excess of 90 percent for those that have completed the process.We extended our service offerings to meet the diverse and growing needs of our client base by adding strategic planning as well as operational and eHealth consulting to our portfolio.NextGen Healthcare remains a leader in the ambulatory market with a broad, award-winning offering that is customizable across the entire gamut of clients we serve and those we will potentially reach in the future.NextGen Inpatient SolutionsNextGen Inpatient Solutions delivers secure, highly adaptable and easy-to-use applications to today’s cost-conscious and patient-centered hospitals and health systems.Under the auspices of Steve Puckett, executive vice president of NextGen Inpatient Solutions, this unit successfully executed and deployed certified EHR solutions for rural and community hospitals to earn Meaningful Use incentive dollars – with inpatient clients now on their way to attesting to Meaningful Use criteria and receiving Medicaid and Medicare stimulus payments.Our enterprise offering leverages our inpatient and ambulatory products to provide a continuum-of-care solution and connectivity across communities, inclusive of a patient Q u a l i t y   S y s t e m s ,   I n c .   |       9

portal and information sharing. It positions us well in the inpatient market with a full suite of products and service offerings. Now, with a total of more than 100 hospital clients nationwide, we are quickly heading toward securing a leadership role in this space. In fact, we also expanded our exposure in the rural and community markets through our affiliations with the National Rural Health Association (NRHA) and the Rural Health Resource Center (RHRC), at both national and state levels. During fiscal 2011, we grew implementation and training service offerings to aid those rural and community hospitals that were lacking clinical or administrative expertise in transforming their patient care environments from paper to electronic-based.QSIDental For 30 years, Donn Neufeld paved the way for the strides our dental business unit made and continues to make. Neufeld, executive vice president of Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) and Dental, has been at the QSIDental helm since the Company began offering comprehensive, feature-rich and flexible software solutions that enable hundreds of dental practices to operate more efficiently and cost effectively. Fiscal 2011 was QSIDental’s best performing year in a decade. During this time, it experienced growth in client adoption and implementation of its electronic dental record (EDR) Clinical Product Suite by private practices and organizations that provide services at both community-based and federally qualified health centers.We also brought to market the third generation of our SaaS NextDDS solution and experienced positive reception from both existing customers that converted to this solution and new ones seeking a web-based approach. With few vendors offering a web-based solution, QSIDental is the only one focused on serving group dental organizations.G r a y B i l l   M e d i C a l   G r o u p

“As a result of NextGen’s focus on educating 

its clients and employees on the regulations 

related to the HITECH Act, Graybill is  

Leslie C. Chapman, mba
Chief Financial Officer
Graybill Medical Group
Escondido, CA

With  65  providers,  300  employees 

and  nine  locations  across  San 

now well positioned to meet Meaningful  

Diego’s  North  County,  this  group 

Use requirements and strategically  

practice  utilizes  NextGen  Health-

poised for growth. The partnership we’ve 

care’s  integrated  suite  of  products, 

established with NextGen, along with  

including NextGen Ambulatory EHR, 

this entire Meaningful Use experience, will 

Practice  Management  and  Patient 

help us further enhance our patient-centric 

Portal,  as  well  as  several  other  sup-

care and practice efficiencies.”

portive  solutions.  Working  with 

NextGen since 1999 through a pro-

gressively expanding program, Graybill has increased physician productivity by 

seven percent and improved patient appointment access to primary care doctors 

from 18 days to one-three days. This has led to increased patient satisfaction.

1 0       |       2 0 11   A n n u a l   R e p o r t

Q u a l i t y   S y s t e m s ,   I n c .   |       11

NextGen Practice SolutionsWe were fortunate in that our aforementioned RCM acquisitions also brought talented executives to the Company. Monte Sandler, formerly with HSI, serves as our executive vice president for NextGen Practice Solutions.Adoption of our RCM solutions is fueled by healthcare reform legislation signed into law in the spring of 2010. As reimbursement and regulatory pressures increase, margins and cash flows will likely be squeezed for healthcare providers. Accordingly, software-based, properly coded and documented billing and collection solutions will become essential to any healthcare provider’s cash flow. NextGen Practice Solutions realized strong revenue growth and considerable margin improvement during the past fiscal year. We added personnel to help expand our sales and marketing efforts and introduced new tools to assist the sales team as they represent our services in the marketplace. As the healthcare landscape changes, NextGen Practice Solutions is working aggressively with clients to optimize their revenue cycle with our full-service, all-payer, best-practice model built on NextGen Healthcare’s industry-leading software platform.A TIME FOR SETTING RECORDSAll our planning and preparation paid off as QSI reported record results for fiscal 2011. With the stimulus kicking in during our fourth quarter, we saw clients making decisions more rapidly and with more comfort and certainty – a trend we expect to continue to see on the road toward Meaningful Use and the rewarding of stimulus incentives. Revenue for the year ended March 31, 2011 rose 21 percent to $353.4 million, when compared with $291.8 million reported in fiscal 2010. Net income for fiscal 2011 reached Revenues
(in millions)

$ 353.3

$ 291.8

$ 245.5

$ 186.5

$ 157.2

Diluted Earnings 
Per Share

$ 2.12

$ 1.68

$ 1.62

$ 1.44

$ 1.21

Cash Flow from 
Operations
(in millions)

$ 70.1

$ 55.2

$ 48.7

$ 43.6

$ 29.6

07

08 09

10 11

07

08 09

10 11

07

08 09

10 11

QSI Stock Reflects Outstanding Performance  
Over the Last Five Years 

QSII
175%

HCIT(1)
87%

NASDAQ
49%

S&P500
6%

300%

200%

100%

0%

05/18/06

08/17/07

11/14/08

02/15/10

05/18/11

Source: Company filings, Wall Street research and FactSet as of 5/18/11.

(1) HCIT includes Cerner, Allscirpts, Quality Systems, MedAssets, athenahealth, Accretive Health, CPSI, CBay Systems, MedQuist, Merge Healthcare, Vital, Craneware, Transcend, HMS and Emdeon.

1 2       |       2 0 11   A n n u a l   R e p o r t

$61.6 million versus $48.4 million last year, an increase of 27 percent. Fully diluted  earnings per share grew to $2.12, compared with $1.68 last year, up 26 percent. The record results are mainly attributable to the great strides we made in positioning ourselves for the onset of the stimulus and the benefits of first-quarter payouts.QSI generated $70 million in cash flow from operations during fiscal 2011. Our cash and marketable securities position grew to $117.7 million, versus $91.8 million at the end of fiscal 2011. The Company’s cash position increased while still paying $34.7 million in dividends. This, coupled with our debt-free balance sheet, is a clear testament to QSI’s financial strength.At fiscal 2011 year-end, more than 70,000 physicians and dentists across 2,600 group practices were using our software-based healthcare solutions. p a C i f i C   d e n t a l   s e r V i C e s

Stephen E. Thorne, iv, b.a., m.h.a.
Founder, CEO and President
Pacific Dental Services
Irvine, CA

Founded  in  1994,  Pacific  Dental 

Ser vices  (PDS)  is  one  of  the 

“I forged this partnership with QSIDental 

when I founded PDS. It was important 

to find a partner that could immediately 

nation’s  leading  dental  ser vice 

provide a flexible technology platform to help 

organizations,  providing  a  range 

expand the company in line with my vision 

of state-of-the-art support services 

for growth. I believe that we would have had 

to  help  dentists  develop  successful 

substantially more issues while striving  

practices.  PDS  assists  240+  dental 

to reach our current market position had it 

practices  and  a  team  of  4,000 

not been for the partnership that I created 

across California, Arizona, Nevada, 

with QSIDental early in our company’s 

Colorado, New Mexico and Texas. 

Using  QSIDental’s  patient  web 

registration features, to date, more 

than  one  million  patients  have 

joined PDS practices.

development cycle. With QSIDental 

alongside as our partner, we stay ahead 

of our competition as we continue to meet 

business growth projections and truly become 

the leader in Modern Dentistry.”

Q u a l i t y   S y s t e m s ,   I n c .   |       1 3

W a s h i n G t o n   C o u n t y   h o s p i t a l   &   r u r a l   h e a l t h   C l i n i C

“NextGen is not just a vendor, and we’re 

not just a client. This relationship goes 

way beyond that. I genuinely believe that 

Kim Larkin, mba, cphims 
Chief Information Officer
Washington County Hospital & Rural Health Clinic  
Nashville, IL

Washington  County  Hospital  is  a 

22-bed  critical  care  access  hospital 

NextGen wants this hospital to be just as 

in  rural  Nashville,  Illinois.  Its  Rural 

successful as we want it to be. I like knowing 

Health Clinic employs four physicians 

that the NextGen team is accessible and that 

as  well  as  a  nurse  practitioner.  It  is 

they truly listen. This is what gets us the 

the  only  hospital  in  the  county  and 

results we need in order to provide the best 

serves a population of approximately 

and safest patient care.” 

16,000. 

Washington  County  Hospital  is 

the  first  and  only  NextGen  client  using  all  of  the  following  solutions:  NextGen 

Inpatient  Clinicals  and  Financials,  NextGen  Ambulatory  EHR,  NextGen 

Appointment  Scheduling,  NextGen  Patient  Portal  and  NextGenTM  Health 

Information  Exchange.  This  improves  the  availability  of  clinical  records  across 

all service areas of the hospital, ensuring that every caregiver has access to the 

same information.

1 4       |       2 0 11   A n n u a l   R e p o r t

Q u a l i t y   S y s t e m s ,   I n c .   |       1 5

TIME TO APPRECIATE The Company’s success was continually acknowledged by various third-party rankings and awards throughout fiscal 2011. As it has been for the past decade, QSI was included in Forbes’ annual list of America’s 200 Best Small Companies, consistently improving upon our position. For the second time, the Company was also ranked in Forbes’ list of America’s 25 Fastest-Growing Tech Companies.QSIDental was recognized when our NextDDS solution earned the 8th Annual American Business Award for best advertising campaign in the health products and services category. Founder and Chairman of the Board Sheldon Razin was named Director of the Year in the 16th Annual Director of the Year Awards, sponsored by the Forum for Corporate Directors (FCD) Orange County. FCD is a non-profit business organization committed to increasing the effectiveness of directors, CEOs and senior-level executives. He also was a winner in the software category of Tech America’s 52nd Annual Innovator Awards, a national program that honors eight innovators representing different industry segments for their contributions to the technology industry.The Company earned the Growth Award in the public company category from The Association for Corporate Growth Orange County Chapter (ACG OC). The ACG’s Growth Award recognizes a company that has exhibited distinctive strategic positioning as well as sustainable growth and profitability during the previous two-year period.All of these successes and subsequent recognitions could not be possible without the loyalty of our clients and dedication from QSI employees. Clients recognize the value of our solutions, and the QSI team works hard to deliver on this each and every day.  The QSI executive management team spent fiscal 2011 preparing for the onset of the stimulus incentive plan. Pictured  

left to right: Paul A. Holt, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer; Steven T. Plochocki, Chief Executive Officer;  

Sheldon Razin, Chairman of the Board and Founder; Patrick B. Cline, President; and James J. Sullivan, Executive Vice  

President, General Counsel and Secretary.

1 6       |       2 0 11   A n n u a l   R e p o r t

The investment made by our shareholders is demonstrative of their confidence in and support of the Company and its management. And lastly, we thank our Board for their guidance, which has aided us in further solidifying the leadership position we currently hold in the HIT sector.Few sectors are expected to flourish as HIT should during the next five years. Our founding vision nearly 40 years ago to automate dental practices, coupled with many successful strategic acquisitions within the medical market, award-winning products and services, and the government’s recognition of paperless platforms, have all contributed to this remarkable opportunity that now lies before us. In the coming years, QSI will have a strong influence on helping shape the future of our nation’s electronic healthcare system.As fiscal 2012 unfolds, we are confident in our leadership position and the innovative, diverse product and service offerings we bring to the marketplace. Respectfully, Sheldon RazinChairman of the Board  and Founder Steven T. PlochockiChief Executive OfficerUNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

≤ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2011

or

n TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission file number: 001-12537

QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

California
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)

95-2888568
(IRS employer identification no.)

18111 Von Karman Avenue, Suite 700, Irvine, California
(Address of principal executive offices)

92612
(Zip Code)

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
(949) 255-2600

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Common Stock, $0.01 Par Value

NASDAQ Global Select Market

Title of each class

Name of each exchange on which registered

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities
Act. Yes n No ≤

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the
Act. Yes n No ≤

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant
was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject
to such filing requirements for the past
90 days. Yes ≤ No n

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any,
every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this
chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post
such files). Yes ≤ No n

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this
chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or
information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. n

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated
filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and
“smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer ≤

Accelerated filer n

Non-accelerated filer n
(Do not check if a smaller
reporting company)

Smaller reporting company n

Indicate by check mark whether
Act). Yes n No ≤

the registrant

is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of

the

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant as of September 30, 2010:
$1,276,253,000 (based on the closing sales price of the Registrant’s common stock as reported on the NASDAQ
Global Select Market on that date of $66.31 per share).*

The Registrant has no non-voting common equity.

The number of outstanding shares of the Registrant’s common stock as of May 23, 2011 was 29,179,390 shares.

* For purposes of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, in addition to those shareholders which fall within the definition
of “affiliates” under Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, holders of ten percent or more of the
Registrant’s common stock are deemed to be affiliates for purposes of this Report.

Documents Incorporated by Reference

Portions of the Proxy Statement for the 2011 annual meeting of shareholders are
incorporated by reference into Part III.

QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K

Item

Item 1.

Business

Item 1A. Risk Factors

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

Item 2.

Properties

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

Item 4.

(Removed and Reserved)

Part I

Part II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer

Purchases of Equity Securities

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of

Operations

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risks

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial
Disclosure

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Item 9B. Other Information

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

Part III

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related

Stockholder Matters

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Item 14.

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Item 15.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

Signatures

Part IV

3

Page

4

14

29

29

29

30

30

33

34

59

60

60

60

61

61

61

61

61

61

62

67

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT

Statements made in this Annual Report on Form 10-K (this “Report”), the Annual Report to Shareholders
in which this Report is made a part, other reports and proxy statements filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission (“Commission”), communications to shareholders, press releases and oral statements made by
our representatives that are not historical in nature, or that state our or management’s intentions, hopes,
beliefs, expectations or predictions of the future, may constitute “forward-looking statements” within the
meaning of Section 21E of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”).
Forward-looking statements can often be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology, such as
“could,” “should,” “will,” “will be,” “will lead,” “will assist,” “intended,” “continue,” “believe,” “may,”
“expect,” “hope,” “anticipate,” “goal,” “forecast,” “plan,” or “estimate” or variations thereof or similar
expressions. Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance.

Forward-looking statements involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. It is important to note that any
such performance and actual results, financial condition or business, could differ materially from those
expressed in such forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences
include, but are not limited to, the risk factors discussed in Item 1A of this Report as well as factors discussed
elsewhere in this and other reports and documents we file with the Commission. Other unforeseen factors not
identified herein could also have such an effect. We undertake no obligation to update or revise forward-
looking statements to reflect changed assumptions, the occurrence of unanticipated events or changes in
future operating results, financial condition or business over time unless required by law. Interested persons
are urged to review the risks described under Item 1A. “Risk Factors” and in Item 7. “Management’s
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” as well as in our other public
disclosures and filings with the Commission.

PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

Company Overview

Quality Systems, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries operates as four business divisions and is
comprised of: (i) the QSI Dental Division; (ii) the NextGen Division, which consists of NextGen Healthcare
Information Systems, Inc.(“NextGen”); (iii) the Inpatient Solutions Division, which consists of NextGen
Inpatient Solutions, LLC (“NextGen IS” f/k/a Sphere) and Opus Healthcare Solutions, LLC (“Opus”); (iv) the
Practice Solutions Division, which consists of Lackland Acquisition II, LLC dba Healthcare Strategic Initiatives
(“HSI”) and Practice Management Partners, Inc. (“PMP”) and (v) Quality Systems India Healthcare Private
Limited (“QSIH”) (collectively, the “Company”, “we”, “our”, or “us”). The Company develops and markets
healthcare information systems that automate certain aspects of physician, inpatient and dental practices,
networks of practices such as physician hospital organizations (“PHOs”) and management service orga-
nizations (“MSOs”), ambulatory care centers, community health centers, Federal Qualified Health Centers
(“FQHC”) and medical and dental schools. The Company also provides inpatient electronic health records
(“EHR”) and financial solutions for community hospitals as well as revenue cycle management (“RCM”)
services through the Practice Solutions Division.

The Company, a California corporation formed in 1974, was founded with an early focus on providing
information systems to dental group practices. In the mid-1980’s, we capitalized on the increasing focus on
medical cost containment and further expanded our information processing systems to serve the medical
market. In the mid-1990’s, we made two acquisitions that accelerated our penetration of the medical market.
These two acquisitions formed the basis for the NextGen Division. Today, we serve the physician, inpatient
and dental markets through our QSI Dental Division, NextGen Division, Inpatient Solutions Division and
Practice Solutions Division.

The Divisions operate largely as stand-alone operations, with each Division maintaining its own distinct
teams, sales staffing and

lines, product platforms, development, implementation and support

product

4

branding. The Divisions share the resources of our “corporate office,” which includes a variety of accounting
and other administrative functions. Additionally, there are a small but growing number of clients who are
simultaneously utilizing software or services from more than one of our Divisions.

The QSI Dental and NextGen Divisions develop and market practice management software that is
designed to automate and streamline a number of the administrative functions required for operating a
medical or dental practice. Examples of practice management software functions include scheduling and
billing capabilities, and it is important to note that in both the medical and dental environments, practice
management software systems have already been implemented by the vast majority of practices. Therefore,
we actively compete for the replacement market. In addition, the QSI Dental and NextGen Divisions develop
and market software that automate patient records in both a practice and hospital setting. Therefore, we are
typically competing to replace paper-based patient record alternatives as opposed to replacing previously
purchased systems.

With the acquisition of NextGen IS in 2009, the Inpatient Solutions Division entered the market for
financial information systems for small hospitals. Therefore, since 2009, the Inpatient Solutions Division has
also been developing and marketing an equivalent practice management software product for the small
hospital market, which performs administrative functions required for operating a small hospital.

In January 2011, QSIH was formed to function as the Company’s India-based captive to offshore

technology application development and business processing services.

We continue to pursue product and service enhancement initiatives within each Division. The majority of

such expenditures are currently targeted to the NextGen Division product line and client base.

The following table breaks down our reported segment revenue and segment revenue growth by division

for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

Segment Revenue Breakdown
Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
2010

2009

2011

Segment Revenue Growth
Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
2011
2009
2010

QSI Dental Division . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NextGen Division . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inpatient Solutions Division(1) . . . . . . . .
Practice Solutions Division(2) . . . . . . . .

5.7%
75.3%
5.1%
13.9%

5.9%
78.3%
1.0%
14.8%

6.5% 16.6%
83.0% 16.5%
0.0% 519.1%
10.5% 13.7%

8.1%
12.1%
N/A
67.5%

(1.2)%
19.6%
N/A
N/A

Consolidated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100.0%

100.0%

100.0% 21.1%

18.9%

31.6%

(1) Inpatient Solutions Division consists of two acquisitions, Opus and NextGen IS, acquired in February

2010 and August 2009, respectively.

(2) Practice Solutions Division consists of two acquisitions, HSI and PMP, acquired in May 2008 and

October 2008, respectively.

QSI Dental Business Unit.

The QSI Dental Business, co-located with our corporate headquarters in
Irvine, California, currently focuses on developing, marketing and supporting software suites sold to dental
organizations located throughout the US. In addition, the Business Unit supports a growing number of
organizations utilizing its Software as a Service (“SaaS”) model-based NextDDSTM financial and clinical
software and certain number of medical clients that utilize the Division’s UNIX»-based medical practice
management software product.

The QSI Dental Business Unit’s practice management software suite utilizes a UNIX» operating system.
Its Clinical Product Suite (“CPS”) utilizes the Windows operating system and can be fully integrated with the
practice management software offered from each of our Business Units. CPS incorporates a wide range of
clinical tools including, but not limited to, periodontal charting and digital imaging of X-ray and inter-oral
camera images as part of the electronic patient record. The Business Unit develops, markets and manages our
Dental EDI/connectivity applications including our QSInet Application Service Provider (“ASP”).

5

In July 2009, we licensed source code that allows us to deliver hosted, Web-based SaaS model practice
management and clinical software solutions to the dental industry. This new software solution (“NextDDSTM”)
is being marketed primarily to the multi-location dental group practice market in which the Business Unit has
historically been a dominant player. NextDDSTM brings the QSI Dental Business Unit to the forefront of the
emergence of Internet-based applications and cloud computing and represents a significant growth oppor-
tunity for the Business Unit to sell both to its existing client base as well as new clients.

NextGen Division.

The NextGen Division, with headquarters in Horsham, Pennsylvania and signif-
icant locations in Atlanta, Georgia and Austin, Texas, provides integrated clinical, financial and connectivity
solutions for ambulatory and dental provider organizations.

The NextGen Division’s major product categories include the NextGen ambulatory product suite and

NextGen Community Connectivity.

The NextGen Ambulatory product suite streamlines patient care with standardized, real-time clinical

and administrative workflows within a physician’s practice, and consists of:

(cid:129) NextGen Electronic Health Records (“NextGenehr”) to ensure complete, accurate documentation to
manage patient care electronically and to improve clinical processes and patient outcomes with
electronic charting at the point of care;

(cid:129) NextGen Practice Management (“NextGenpm”) to automate business processes, from front-end
scheduling to back-end collections and financial and administrative processes for increased perfor-
mance and efficiencies;

(cid:129) NextGen Dashboard, which allows providers to view patient data in a visually rich graphical format.
Using bar charts, pie charts, gauges and more, the system displays information at the practice or
single provider level;

(cid:129) NextGen Mobile improves patient care through anytime, anywhere access of patient data. In
addition, Mobile has the capability to increase revenue by easily capturing charges at the point
of care resulting in potential reduction of medical liability through better documentation of out-of-office
actions; and

(cid:129) NextGen NextPen is a revolutionary digital pen that quickly captures data into NextGen Ambulatory
EHR. NextPen captures structured data and graphic drawings as part of the patient record without
scanning or transcription. This technology requires no learning curve for adoption.

NextGen Community Connectivity consists of:

(cid:129) NextGen Health Information Exchange (“HIE”), formerly Community Health Solution, to exchange

patient data securely with community healthcare organizations;

(cid:129) NextGen Patient Portal (“NextMD.com”) to communicate with patients online and import information

directly into NextGenehr; and

(cid:129) NextGen Health Quality Measures (“HQM”) to allow seamless quality measurement and reporting

for practice and physician performance initiatives.

The NextGen Division products utilize Microsoft Windows technology and can operate in a client-server

environment as well as via private intranet, the Internet, or in an ASP environment.

Services provided by the NextGen Division include:

(cid:129) EDI services that are intended to automate the entire patient statement process, reducing labor and
printing costs associated with producing statements in house. In addition, NextGen EDI works with the
most innovative clearinghouses to transform electronic claims submissions into payments;

(cid:129) Hosting services that allow practices seeking the benefits of IT automation but not the maintenance of

in-house hardware and networking;

6

(cid:129) NextGuard — Data Protection services that provide an off-site, data archiving, restoration and

disaster recovery preparedness solution for practices to protect clinical and financial data;

(cid:129) Consulting services, such as strategic governance models and operational transformation, technical
consulting such as data conversions or interface development, that also allow practices to build
custom add-on features; Physician Consulting Resources, services that allow practices to consult with
the NextGen Division’s physician team; and eHealth consulting services that assist in connecting
communities of practice for data sharing.

Practice Solutions Division.

The Practice Solutions Division, with locations in St. Louis, Missouri and
Hunt Valley, Maryland, focuses primarily on providing physician practices with RCM services, primarily
billing and collection services for medical practices. This Division combines a Web-delivered SaaS model
and the NextGenpm software platform to execute its service offerings. Execution of the plan to transition our
client base onto the NextGen platform is under execution. The Practice Solutions Division provides tech-
nology solutions and consulting services to cover the full spectrum of providers’ revenue cycle needs from
patient access through claims denials.

Practice Solutions Division revenue growth in fiscal years 2011, 2010 and 2009 was positively
impacted by the acquisitions of HSI and PMP in May 2008 and October 2008, respectively. Growth
subsequent to fiscal year 2009 was created primarily by cross selling RCM services to NextGen clients.

On May 20, 2008, we acquired St. Louis-based HSI, a full-service healthcare RCM company. HSI
operates under the umbrella of the Company’s Practice Solutions Division. Founded in 1996, HSI provides
RCM services to providers including health systems, hospitals and physicians in private practice with an in-
house team consisting of specialists in medical billing, coding and compliance, payor credentialing and
information technology.

On October 28, 2008, we acquired Maryland-based PMP, a full-service healthcare RCM company. This
acquisition is also part of our growth strategy for our Practice Solutions Division. a full-service healthcare RCM
company. Similar to HSI, PMP operates under the umbrella of the Company’s Practice Solutions Division.
Founded in 2001, PMP provides physician billing and technology management services to healthcare
providers, primarily in the Mid-Atlantic region.

Inpatient Solutions Division.

The Inpatient Solutions Division, with its primary location in Austin, Texas,

provides integrated clinical, financial and connectivity solutions for rural and community hospitals.

On August 12, 2009, we acquired NextGen IS, a provider of financial information systems to the small
hospital inpatient market. This acquisition, along with our acquisition of Opus, is part of our strategy to
expand into the small hospital market and to add new clients by taking advantage of cross-selling oppor-
tunities between the ambulatory and inpatient markets.

On February 10, 2010, we acquired Opus, a provider of clinical information systems to the small
hospital inpatient market. Founded in 1987 and headquartered in Austin, Texas, Opus delivers Web-based
clinical solutions to hospital systems and integrated health networks nationwide. This acquisition comple-
ments and will be integrated with the assets and operations of NextGen IS. Both companies are established
developers of software and services for the inpatient market and will operate under the Company’s Inpatient
Solutions Division.

The Inpatient Solutions Division products that deliver secure, highly adaptable and easy to use appli-

cations to patient centered hospitals and health systems consist of:

(cid:129) NextGen Clinicals, which resides on an advanced truly active web 2.0 platform — and is designed to
initiate widespread work efficiency and communication, reduce errors and time-to-chart, and improve
care; and

(cid:129) NextGen Financials, which is a financial and administrative system that helps hospitals significantly

improve the smart operations and financial and regulatory management of their facilities.

7

Industry Background

The turbulence in the worldwide economy has impacted almost all industries. While healthcare is not
immune to economic cycles, we believe it is more resilient than most segments of the economy. The impact of
the current economic conditions on our existing and prospective clients has been mixed. We continue to see
organizations that are doing fairly well operationally; however, some organizations with a large depen-
dency on Medicaid populations are being impacted by the challenging financial condition of the many state
governments in whose jurisdictions they conduct business. A positive factor for U.S. healthcare is the fact that
the Obama Administration is pursuing broad healthcare reform aimed at improving issues surrounding
healthcare. The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act (“ARRA”), which became law on February 17,
2009, includes more than $20 billion to help healthcare organizations modernize operations through the
acquisition of health care information technology. The Certification Commission for Health Information
Technology (“CCHIT»”), a non-profit organization recognized by the Office of the National Coordinator for
Health Information Technology as an approved Authorized Testing and Certification Body, announced that
our EHR solution was certified as a Complete EHR and 2011/2012 compliant during the quarter ended
September 30, 2010, which comes off the heels of the Stage 1 Meaningful Use definition criteria under the
ARRA that was announced in July 2010. With the lifting of the many Meaningful Use definition uncertainties,
which has impacted software revenue, we believe we are well positioned to aid physicians and hospitals with
their EHR decisions as they prepare to make incentive-based purchases.

Moreover, to compete in the continually changing healthcare environment, providers are increasingly
using technology to help maximize the efficiency of their business practices, to assist in enhancing patient
care, and to maintain the privacy of patient information.

As the reimbursement environment continues to evolve, more healthcare providers enter into contracts,
often with multiple entities, which define the terms under which care is administered and paid. The diversity of
payor organizations, as well as additional government regulation and changes in reimbursement models,
have greatly increased the complexity of pricing, billing, reimbursement and records management for
medical and dental practices. To operate effectively, healthcare provider organizations must efficiently
manage patient care and other information and workflow processes, which increasingly extend across
multiple locations, disparate systems, and business entities.

In response, healthcare provider organizations have placed increasing demands on their information
systems. Initially, these information systems automated financial and administrative functions. As it became
necessary to manage patient flow processes, the need arose to integrate “back-office” data with such clinical
information as patient test results and office visits. We believe information systems must facilitate manage-
ment of patient information incorporating administrative, financial and clinical information from multiple
entities. In addition, large healthcare organizations increasingly require information systems that can deliver
high performance in environments with multiple concurrent computer users.

Many existing healthcare information systems were designed for limited administrative tasks such as
billing and scheduling and can neither accommodate multiple computing environments nor operate effec-
tively across multiple locations and entities. We believe that practices that leverage technology to more
efficiently handle patient clinical data as well as administrative, financial and other practice management
data will be best able to enhance patient flow, pursue cost efficiencies and improve quality of care. As
healthcare organizations transition to new computer platforms and newer technologies, we believe such
organizations will be migrating toward the implementation of enterprise-wide, patient-centric computing
systems embedded with automated clinical patient records.

Our Strategy

Our strategy is, at present, to focus on providing software and services to physician practices, dental
practices, hospitals, health centers, other healthcare providers and to expand service offerings to include the
payor market and consumer market segments. Among the key elements of this strategy are:

(cid:129) Continue development and enhancement of select software solutions in target markets;

(cid:129) Continue investments in our infrastructure including, but not limited to, sales, marketing, implemen-

tation, consulting and support;

8

(cid:129) Continue investment in product development, which includes developing a new integrated inpatient

and outpatient, web-based software platform;

(cid:129) Continue efforts to make infrastructure investments within an overall context of maintaining reason-

able expense discipline;

(cid:129) Addition of new clients through maintaining and expanding sales, marketing and product develop-

ment activities;

(cid:129) Expand our relationship with existing clients through delivery of innovative new and complementary

products and services; and

(cid:129) Continue our gold standard commitment of service in support of our client satisfaction programs.

While these are the key elements of our current strategy, there can be no guarantee that our strategy will

not change, or that we will succeed in achieving these goals individually or collectively.

Products and Services

In response to the growing need for more comprehensive, cost-effective healthcare information solutions
for medical practices, dental practices, hospitals, health centers and other healthcare providers, our systems
and services provide our clients with the ability to redesign patient care and other workflow processes while
improving productivity through facilitation of managed access to patient information. Utilizing our propri-
etary software in combination with third party hardware and software solutions, our products enable the
integration of a variety of administrative clinical and financial operations. Leveraging more than 30 years of
experience in the healthcare information services industry, we believe we continue to add value by providing
our clients with sophisticated, full-featured software systems along with comprehensive systems implemen-
tation, training, consultation, maintenance and support services. Any single transaction may or may not
include software, hardware or services.

NextGen Ambulatory Practice Management Systems. Our products consist primarily of proprietary
healthcare software applications together with third party hardware and other non-industry specific soft-
ware. The systems range in capacity from one to thousands of users, allowing us to address the needs of both
small and large organizations. The systems are modular in design and may be expanded to accommodate
changing client requirements. We offer both standard licenses and SaaS arrangements in our software
offerings; although to date, SaaS arrangements have represented less than 5% of our arrangements.

NextGenpm is the NextGen Division’s practice management offering. NextGenpm has been developed
with a functional graphical user interface (“GUI”) certified for use with Windows 2000 and Windows XP
operating systems. The product leverages a relational database (Microsoft SQL Server) with support on both
32 and 64 bit enterprise servers. NextGenpm is a scalable, multi-module solution that includes a master
patient index, enterprise-wide appointment scheduling with referral tracking, clinical support and centralized
or decentralized patient financial management based on either a managed care or fee-for-service model. The
NextGenpm product is a highly configurable, cost-effective proven solution that enables the effective
management of both single and multi-practice settings.

NextGen Ambulatory Clinical Systems.

The NextGen Division provides clinical software applications
that are complementary to, and are integrated with, our medical practice management offerings and
interface with many of the other leading practice management software systems on the market. The
applications incorporated into our practice management solutions and others such as scheduling, eligibility,
billing and claims processing are augmented by clinical information captured by NextGenehr, including
services rendered, clinical documentation and diagnoses used for billing purposes. We believe that we
currently provide a comprehensive information management solution for the medical marketplace.

NextGenehr was developed with client-server architecture, GUI and utilizes Microsoft Windows 2000,
Windows NT or Windows XP on each workstation and either Windows 2000, Windows NT, Windows XP or
UNIX on the database server. NextGenehr maintains data using industry standard relational database

9

engines such as Microsoft SQL Server or Oracle. The system is scalable from one to thousands of work-
stations. NextGenehr stores and maintains clinical data including:

(cid:129) Data captured using user-customizable input “templates”;

(cid:129) Scanned or electronically acquired images, including X-rays and photographs;

(cid:129) Data electronically acquired through interfaces with clinical instruments or external systems;

(cid:129) Other records, documents or notes, including electronically captured handwriting and annotations; and

(cid:129) Digital voice recordings.

NextGenehr also offers a workflow module, prescription management, automatic document and letter
generation, patient education, referral tracking, interfaces to billing and lab systems, physician alerts and
reminders and powerful reporting and data analysis tools.

QSI Dental Division Practice Management and Clinical Systems.

In fiscal year 2010, we began selling
a hosted SaaS practice management and clinical software solutions to the dental industry. The software
solution is marketed primarily to the multi-location dental group practice market for which the Division has
historically been a dominate player. This new software solution brings the QSI Dental Division to the forefront
of the emergence of internet based applications and cloud computing and represents a significant growth
opportunity for us to sell both to our existing client base as well as new clients.

In addition to the SaaS practice management offering, the QSI Dental Division also sells a character-
based practice management system using the IBM RS6000 central processing unit and IBM’S AIX version of
the UNIX operating system platform. The hardware components, as well as the requisite operating system
licenses, are purchased from manufacturers or distributors of those components. We configure and test the
hardware components and incorporate our software and other third party packages into completed systems.
We continually evaluate third party hardware components with a view toward utilizing hardware that is
functional, reliable and cost-effective.

In addition to the SaaS clinical offering, our dental charting software system, the CPS is a comprehensive
solution designed specifically for the dental group practice environment. CPS integrates the dental practice
management product with a computer-based clinical information system that incorporates a wide range of
clinical
tools, including electronic charting of dental procedures, treatment plans, existing conditions,
periodontal charting via light-pen, voice-activation, or keyboard entry for full periodontal examinations
and PSR scoring. In addition, digital imaging of X-ray and intra-oral camera images, computer-based patient
education modules are viewable chair-side to enhance case presentation, full access to patient information,
treatment plans and insurance plans via a fully integrated interface with our dental practice management
product, supported by document and image scanning for digital storage and linkage to the electronic patient
record.

The result is a comprehensive clinical information management system that helps practices save time,
reduce costs, improve case presentation and enhance the delivery of dental services and quality of care.
Clinical information is managed and maintained electronically thus forming an electronic patient record that
allows for the implementation of the “chartless” office.

CPS incorporates Windows-based client-server technology consisting of one or more file servers
together with any combination of one or more desktop, laptop, or pen-based PC workstations. The file
server(s) used in connection with CPS utilize(s) Windows 2000 or Windows 2003 operating system and the
hardware is typically an Intel-based single or multi-processor platform. Based on the server configuration
chosen, CPS is scalable from one to hundreds of workstations. The hardware components, including the
requisite operating system licenses, are purchased from third party manufacturers or distributors either
directly by the client or by us for resale to the customer.

Inpatient Solutions.

Inpatient solutions includes both clinical and financial applications to provide
value based solutions for rural and community hospitals to improve patient safety, automate order entry and
facilitate real-time communication of patient information throughout the hospital. Inpatient solutions are

10

highly scalable, secure and easy to use with a Web 2.0 based clinical component that leverages full “cloud
computing” capabilities.

Revenue Cycle Management Services. Our Practice Solutions Division offers RCM services to physi-
cians. Our RCM service automates and manages billing-related functions for physician practices to help
manage reimbursement quickly and efficiently. RCM services generally include:

(cid:129) Electronic claims submission service that submits Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act

of 1996 (“HIPAA”) compliant insurance claims electronically to insurance payors;

(cid:129) Electronic remittance and payment posting service that uses NextGen Document Management system
to link an image of each explanation of benefit (“EOB”) to the corresponding encounter at the time of
payment posting to minimizes the need for storage of paper EOBs; and

(cid:129) Accounts receivable follow-up methodology that allows practices to establish parameters, adjustment

rules and standards for account elevation.

Electronic Data Interchange. We make available EDI capabilities and connectivity services to our
clients. The EDI/connectivity capabilities encompass direct interfaces between our products and external
third party systems, as well as transaction-based services. EDI products are intended to automate a number of
manual, often paper-based or telephony intensive communications between patients and/or providers
and/or payors. Two of the more common EDI services are forwarding insurance claims electronically from
providers to payers and assisting practices with issuing statements to patients. Most client practices utilize at
least some of these services from us or one of our competitors. Other EDI/connectivity services are used more
sporadically by client practices. We typically compete to displace incumbent vendors for claims and
statements accounts and attempt to increase usage of other elements in our EDI/connectivity product line.
In general, EDI services are only sold to those accounts utilizing software from either the QSI Dental or
NextGen Divisions. Services include:

(cid:129) Electronic claims submission through our relationships with a number of payors and national claims

clearinghouses;

(cid:129) Electronic patient statement processing, appointment reminder cards and calls, recall cards, patient

letters and other correspondence;

(cid:129) Electronic insurance eligibility verification; and

(cid:129) Electronic posting of remittances from insurance carriers into the accounts receivable application.

Community Connectivity.

The NextGen Division also markets NextGen HIE to facilitate cross-enter-
prise data sharing, enabling individual medical practices in a given community to selectively share critical
data, such as demographics, referrals, medications lists, allergies, diagnoses, lab results, histories and more.
This is accomplished through a secure, community-wide data repository that links health care providers,
whether they have the NextGenehs system, another compatible electronic medical records system, or no
electronic medical records system, together with hospitals, payors, labs and other entities. The product is
designed to facilitate a Regional Health Information Organization (“RHIO”). The result is that for every health
care encounter in the community, a patient-centric and complete record is accessible for the provider. The
availability, accuracy and completeness of information plus the elimination of duplicate data entry can lead
to significantly improved patient safety, enhanced decision making capabilities, time efficiencies and cost
savings. Our NextGen Division maintains an Internet-based patient health portal, NextGen Patient Portal.
NextMD.com is the URL for our vertical portal for the healthcare industry, linking patients with their
physicians, while providing a centralized source of health-oriented information for both consumers and
medical professionals. Patients whose physicians are linked to the portal are able to request appointments,
send appointment changes or cancellations, receive test results on-line, request prescription refills, view
and/or pay their statements, and communicate with their physicians, all in a secure, on-line environment. Our
NextGen suite of information systems are or can be linked to NextMD.com, integrating a number of these
features with physicians’ existing systems.

11

Sales and Marketing

We sell and market our products nationwide primarily through a direct sales force. The efforts of the
direct sales force are augmented by a small number of reseller relationships established by us. Software
license sales to resellers represented less than 10% of total revenue for the years ended March 31, 2011,
2010 and 2009.

Our direct sales force typically makes presentations to potential clients by demonstrating the system and
our capabilities on the prospective client’s premises. Sales efforts aimed at smaller practices can be
performed on the prospective clients’ premises, or remotely via telephone or Internet-based presentations.
Our sales and marketing employees identify prospective clients through a variety of means, including
referrals from existing clients, industry consultants, contacts at professional society meetings, trade shows
and seminars, trade journal advertising, direct mail advertising and telemarketing.

Our sales cycle can vary significantly and typically ranges from six to twenty-four months from initial
contact to contract execution. Software licenses are normally delivered to a client almost immediately upon
receipt of an order. Implementation and training services are normally rendered based on a mutually agreed
upon timetable. As part of the fees paid by our clients, we normally receive up-front licensing fees. Clients
have the option to purchase maintenance services which, if purchased, are invoiced on a monthly, quarterly
or annual basis.

Several clients have purchased our practice management software and, in turn, are providing either
time-share or billing services to single and group practice practitioners. Under the time-share or billing service
agreements, the client provides the use of our software for a fee to one or more practitioners. Although we
typically do not receive a fee directly from the distributor’s clients, implementation of such arrangements has,
from time to time, resulted in the purchase of additional software capacity by the distributor, as well as new
software purchases made by the distributor’s customers should such customers decide to perform the practice
management functions in-house.

We continue to concentrate our direct sales and marketing efforts on medical and dental practices,
networks of such practices including MSOs and PHOs, professional schools, community health centers and
other ambulatory care settings.

MSOs, PHOs and similar networks to which we have sold systems provide use of our software to those
group and single physician practices associated with the organization or hospital on either a service basis or
by directing us to contract with those practices for the sale of stand-alone systems.

We have also entered into marketing assistance agreements with certain of our clients pursuant to which
the clients allow us to demonstrate to potential clients the use of systems on the existing clients’ premises.

From time to time we assist prospective clients in identifying third party sources for financing the
purchase of our systems. The financing is typically obtained by the client directly from institutional lenders and
typically takes the form of a loan from the institution secured by the system to be purchased or a leasing
arrangement. We do not guarantee the financing nor retain any continuing interest in the transaction.

We have numerous clients and do not believe that the loss of any single client would adversely affect us.
No client accounted for 10% or more of our net revenue during the fiscal years ended March 31, 2011,
2010 or 2009.

Client Service and Support

We believe our success is attributable in part to our client service and support departments. We offer

support to our clients seven days a week, 24 hours a day.

Our client support staff is comprised of specialists who are knowledgeable in the areas of software and
hardware as well as in the day-to-day operations of a practice. System support activities range from
correcting minor procedural problems in the client’s system to performing complex database reconstructions
or software updates.

12

We utilize automated online support systems which assist clients in resolving minor problems and
facilitate automated electronic retrieval of problems and symptoms following a client’s call to the automated
support system. Additionally, our online support systems maintain call records, available at both the client’s
facility and our offices.

We offer our clients support services for most system components, including hardware and software, for
a fixed monthly, quarterly or annual fee. Clients also receive access to future unspecified versions of the
software, on a when-and-if available basis, as part of support services. We also subcontract, in certain
instances, with third party vendors to perform specific hardware maintenance tasks.

Implementation and Training

We offer full service implementation and training services. When a client signs a contract for the
purchase of a system that includes implementation and training services, a client manager/implementation
specialist trained in medical and/or dental group practice procedures is assigned to assist the client in the
installation of the system and the training of appropriate practice staff. Implementation services include
loading the software, training client personnel, data conversion, running test data and assisting in the
development and documentation of procedures. Implementation and training services are provided by our
employees as well as certified third parties and certain resellers.

Training may include a combination of computer assisted instruction (“CAI”) for certain of our products,
remote training techniques and training classes conducted at the client’s or our office(s). CAI consists of
workbooks, computer interaction and self-paced instruction. CAI is also offered to clients, for an additional
charge, after the initial training program is completed for the purpose of training new and additional
employees. Remote training allows a trainer at our offices to train one or more people at a client site via
telephone and computer connection, thus allowing an interactive and client-specific mode of training without
the expense and time required for travel. In addition, our on-line “help” and other documentation features
facilitate client training as well as ongoing support.

In addition, NextGen “E-learning” is an on-line learning subscription service which allows end users to
train on the software on the internet. E-learning allows end users to self manage their own learning with their
personal learning path and pace. The service allows users to track the status of courses taken.

At present, our training facilities are located in (i) Horsham, Pennsylvania, (ii) Atlanta, Georgia,

(iii) Dallas, Texas and (iv) Irvine, California.

Competition

The markets for healthcare information systems and services are intensely competitive. The industry is
highly fragmented and includes numerous competitors, none of which we believe dominates these markets.
Our principal existing competitors in the healthcare information systems and services market include:
eClinicalWorks, GE Healthcare (“GE”), Allscripts Healthcare Solutions, Inc. (“Allscripts”), EPIC, McKesson
and other competitors.

Our recent entry into the small hospital market has introduced new competitors, including Computer

Programs and Systems, Inc., Healthland and Healthcare Management Systems, Inc.

The electronic patient records and connectivity markets, in particular, are subject to rapid changes in
technology, and we expect that competition in these market segments will increase as new competitors enter
the market. We believe our principal competitive advantages are the features and capabilities of our products
and services, our high level of client support and our extensive experience in the industry.

The revenue cycle management market is also intensely competitive as other healthcare information
systems companies, such as GE, McKesson and Allscripts, are also in the market of selling both practice
management and electronic health records software and medical billing and collection services.

13

Product Enhancement and Development

The healthcare information management and computer software and hardware industries are charac-
terized by rapid technological change requiring us to engage in continuing investments to update, enhance
and improve our systems. During fiscal years 2011, 2010 and 2009, we expended approximately
$32.5 million, $24.5 million and $19.7 million, respectively, on research and development activities,
including capitalized software amounts of $10.7 million, $7.9 million and $5.9 million, respectively. In
addition, a portion of our product enhancements have resulted from software development work performed
under contracts with our clients.

OTHER INFORMATION

Employees

As of March 31, 2011, we employed approximately 1,579 persons, of which 1,537 were full-time
employees. We believe that our future success depends in part upon recruiting and retaining qualified sales,
marketing and technical personnel as well as other employees.

Intellectual Property

To protect our intellectual property, we enter into confidentiality agreements and invention assignment
agreements with our employees with whom such controls are relevant. Certain qualified employees enter into
additional agreements that permit them access under certain circumstances, to software matters that are both
confidential and more strictly controlled. In addition, we include intellectual property protective provisions in
many of our client contracts.

Available Information

Our Internet Web site address is www.qsii.com. We make our periodic and current reports, together
with amendments to these reports, available on our Internet Web site, free of charge, as soon as reasonably
practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the Commission. You may access
such filings under the “Investor Relations” button on our Web site. Members of the public may also read and
copy any materials we file with, or furnish to, the Commission at the Commission’s Public Reference Room at
100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. To obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference
Room, please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The Commission maintains an Internet site at www.sec.gov
that contains the reports, proxy statements and other information that we file electronically with the
Commission. The information on our Internet Web site is not incorporated by reference into this Report or
any other report or information we file with the Commission.

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

The more prominent risks and uncertainties inherent in our business are described below. However,
additional risks and uncertainties may also impair our business operations. If any of the following risks
actually occur, our business, financial condition or results of operations will likely suffer. Any of these or other
factors could harm our business and future results of operations and may cause you to lose all or part of your
investment.

Risks Related to Our Business

The effects of the recent global economic crisis may impact our business, operating
results or financial condition.

The recent global economic crisis has caused a general tightening in the credit markets, lower levels of
liquidity, increases in the rates of default and bankruptcy and extreme volatility in credit, equity and fixed
income markets. These macroeconomic developments could negatively affect our business, operating results
or financial condition in a number of ways. For example, current or potential clients may be unable to fund
software purchases, which could cause them to delay, decrease or cancel purchases of our products and

14

services or to not pay us or to delay paying us for previously purchased products and services. Our clients
may cease business operations or conduct business on a greatly reduced basis. Finally, our investment
portfolio is generally subject to general credit, liquidity, counterparty, market and interest rate risks that may
be exacerbated by the recent global financial crisis. If the banking system or the fixed income, credit or equity
markets continue to deteriorate or remain volatile, our investment portfolio may be impacted and the values
and liquidity of our investments could be adversely affected as well.

We face significant, evolving competition which, if we fail to properly address, could
adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and price of
our stock.

The markets for healthcare information systems are intensely competitive, and we face significant
competition from a number of different sources. Several of our competitors have significantly greater name
recognition as well as substantially greater financial, technical, product development and marketing
resources than we do. There has been significant merger and acquisition activity among a number of
our competitors in recent years. Transaction induced pressures, or other related factors may result in price
erosion or other negative market dynamics that could adversely affect our business, results of operations,
financial condition and price of our stock.

We compete in all of our markets with other major healthcare related companies, information man-
agement companies, systems integrators and other software developers. Competitive pressures and other
factors, such as new product introductions by us or our competitors, may result in price or market share
erosion that could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. Also, there can
be no assurance that our applications will achieve broad market acceptance or will successfully compete with
other available software products.

Our inability to make initial sales of our systems to newly formed groups and/or healthcare providers
that are replacing or substantially modifying their healthcare information systems could adversely affect our
business, results of operations and financial condition. If new systems sales do not materialize, our near term
and longer term revenue will be adversely affected.

Many of our competitors have greater resources than we do. In order to compete
successfully, we must keep pace with our competitors in anticipating and responding
to the rapid changes involving the industry in which we operate, or our business,
results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected.

The software market generally is characterized by rapid technological change, changing client needs,
frequent new product introductions and evolving industry standards. The introduction of products incorpo-
rating new technologies and the emergence of new industry standards could render our existing products
obsolete and unmarketable. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in developing and
marketing new products that respond to technological changes or evolving industry standards. New product
development depends upon significant research and development expenditures which depend ultimately
upon sales growth. Any material shortfall in revenue or research funding could impair our ability to respond to
technological advances or opportunities in the marketplace and to remain competitive. If we are unable, for
technological or other reasons, to develop and introduce new products in a timely manner in response to
changing market conditions or client requirements, our business, results of operations and financial condition
may be adversely affected.

In response to increasing market demand, we are currently developing new generations of targeted
software products. There can be no assurance that we will successfully develop these new software products
or that these products will operate successfully, or that any such development, even if successful, will be
completed concurrently with or prior to introduction of competing products. Any such failure or delay could
adversely affect our competitive position or could make our current products obsolete.

15

We face risk and/or the possibility of claims from activities related to strategic partners,
which could be expensive and time-consuming, divert personnel and other resources
from our business and result in adverse publicity that could harm our business.

We rely on third parties to provide services that affect our business. For example, we use national
clearinghouses in the processing of some insurance claims and we outsource some of our hardware
maintenance services and the printing and delivery of patient statements for our clients. These third parties
could raise their prices and/or be acquired by competitors of ours, which could potentially create short and
long-term disruptions to our business negatively impacting our revenue, profit and/or stock price. We also
have relationships with certain third parties where these third parties serve as sales channels through which
we generate a portion of our revenue. Due to these third-party relationships, we could be subject to claims as
a result of the activities, products, or services of these third-party service providers even though we were not
directly involved in the circumstances leading to those claims. Even if these claims do not result in liability to
us, defending and investigating these claims could be expensive and time-consuming, divert personnel and
other resources from our business and result in adverse publicity that could harm our business.

We may engage in future acquisitions, which may be expensive and time consuming
and from which we may not realize anticipated benefits.

We may acquire additional businesses, technologies and products if we determine that these additional
businesses, technologies and products are likely to serve our strategic goals. During fiscal year 2009, we
acquired HSI and PMP, both of which are full-service healthcare RCM companies servicing physician groups
and other healthcare clients. During fiscal year 2010, we acquired Opus and NextGen IS, both of which are
developers of software and services for the inpatient market. The specific risks we may encounter in these
types of transactions include but are not limited to the following:

(cid:129) potentially dilutive issuances of our securities, the incurrence of debt and contingent liabilities and
amortization expenses related to intangible assets with indefinite useful lives, which could adversely
affect our results of operations and financial condition;

(cid:129) use of cash as acquisition currency may adversely affect interest or investment income, thereby

potentially adversely affecting our earnings and /or earnings per share;

(cid:129) difficulty in fully or effectively integrating any acquired technologies or software products into our
current products and technologies, where we may not receive the intended benefits of an acquisition;

(cid:129) difficulty in predicting and responding to issues related to product transition such as development,

distribution and client support;

(cid:129) the possible adverse effect of such acquisitions on existing relationships with third party partners and

suppliers of technologies and services;

(cid:129) the possibility that staff or clients of the acquired company might not accept new ownership and may
transition to different technologies or attempt to renegotiate contract terms or relationships, including
maintenance or support agreements;

(cid:129) the possibility that the due diligence process in any such acquisition may not completely identify material
issues associated with product quality, product architecture, product development, intellectual property
issues, key personnel issues or legal and financial contingencies, including any deficiencies in internal
controls and procedures and the costs associated with remedying such deficiencies;

(cid:129) difficulty in entering geographic and business markets in which we have no or limited prior

experience;

(cid:129) difficulty in integrating acquired operations due to geographical distance and language and cultural

differences; and

(cid:129) the possibility that acquired assets become impaired, requiring us to take a charge to earnings which

could be significant.

16

A failure to successfully integrate acquired businesses or technology for any of these reasons could have

an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Our failure to manage growth could harm our business, results of operations and
financial condition.

We have in the past experienced periods of growth which have placed, and may continue to place, a
significant strain on our non-cash resources. We also anticipate expanding our overall software develop-
ment, marketing, sales, client management and training capacity. In the event we are unable to identify, hire,
train and retain qualified individuals in such capacities within a reasonable timeframe, such failure could
have an adverse effect on us. In addition, our ability to manage future increases, if any, in the scope of our
operations or personnel will depend on significant expansion of our research and development, marketing
and sales, management and administrative and financial capabilities. The failure of our management to
effectively manage expansion in our business could have an adverse effect on our business, results of
operations and financial condition.

Our operations are dependent upon our key personnel. If such personnel were to
leave unexpectedly, we may not be able to execute our business plan.

Our future performance depends in significant part upon the continued service of our key technical and
senior management personnel, many of whom have been with us for a significant period of time. These
personnel have acquired specialized knowledge and skills with respect to our business. We maintain key
man life insurance on only one of our employees. Because we have a relatively small number of employees
when compared to other leading companies in our industry, our dependence on maintaining our relation-
ships with key employees is particularly significant. We are also dependent on our ability to attract high
quality personnel, particularly in the areas of sales and applications development.

The industry in which we operate is characterized by a high level of employee mobility and aggressive
recruiting of skilled personnel. There can be no assurance that our current employees will continue to work for
us. Loss of services of key employees could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and
financial condition. Furthermore, we may need to grant additional equity incentives to key employees and
provide other forms of incentive compensation to attract and retain such key personnel. Equity incentives may
be dilutive to our per share financial performance. Failure to provide such types of incentive compensation
could jeopardize our recruitment and retention capabilities.

Continuing worldwide political and economic uncertainties may adversely affect our
revenue and profitability.

The last several years have been periodically marked by concerns including but not limited to inflation,
decreased consumer confidence, the lingering effects of international conflicts, energy costs and terrorist and
military activities. These conditions can make it extremely difficult for our clients, our vendors and us to
accurately forecast and plan future business activities, and they could cause constrained spending on our
products and services and/or delay and lengthen sales cycles.

We are implementing a new company-wide enterprise resource planning (“ERP”)
system. The implementation process is complex and involves a number of risks that
may adversely affect our business and results of operations.

We are currently replacing our multiple legacy business systems at different sites with a new company-
wide, integrated ERP system to handle various business, operating and financial processes. The new system
will enhance a variety of important functions, such as order entry, invoicing, accounts receivable, accounts
payable, financial consolidation, and internal and external financial and management reporting matters.

ERP implementations are complex and time-consuming projects that involve substantial expenditures on
system hardware and software and implementation activities that often continue for several years. Such an
integrated, wide-scale implementation is extremely complex and requires transformation of business and

17

financial processes in order to reap the benefits of the ERP system. Significant efforts are required for
requirements identification, functional design, process documentation, data conversion, user training and
post implementation support. Problems in any of these areas could result in operational issues including
delayed billing and accounting errors and other operational issues. System delays or malfunctioning could
also disrupt our ability to timely and accurately process and report results of our operations, financial position
and cash flows, which could impact our ability to timely complete important business processes such as the
evaluation of its internal controls and attestation activities pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
of 2002.

Until the new ERP system is fully implemented, we expect to incur additional selling, general and
administrative expenses and capital expenditures to implement and test the system, and there can be no
assurance that other issues relating to the ERP system will not occur or be identified. Our business and results
of operations may be adversely affected if it experiences operating problems and/or cost overruns during the
ERP implementation process or if the ERP system and the associated process changes, do not function as
expected or give rise to the expected benefits.

We own a captive facility, located in India and we are subject to regulatory, economic,
social and political uncertainties in India.

We are subject to several risks associated with having a portion of our assets and operations located in
India. Many US companies have benefited from many policies of the Government of India and the Indian
state governments in the states in which we operate, which are designed to promote foreign investment
generally and the business process services industry in particular, including significant tax incentives,
relaxation of regulatory restrictions, liberalized import and export duties and preferential rules on foreign
investment and repatriation. There is no assurance that such policies will continue. Various factors, such as
changes in the current federal government, could trigger significant changes in India’s economic liberal-
ization and deregulation policies and disrupt business and economic conditions in India generally and our
business in particular. In addition, our financial performance and the market price of our common shares may
be adversely affected by general economic conditions and economic and fiscal policy in India, including
changes in exchange rates and controls, interest rates and taxation policies, as well as social stability and
political, economic or diplomatic developments affecting India in the future. In particular, India has expe-
rienced significant economic growth over the last several years, but faces major challenges in sustaining that
growth in the years ahead. These challenges include the need for substantial infrastructure development and
improving access to healthcare and education. Our ability to recruit, train and retain qualified employees,
develop and operate our captive facility could be adversely affected if India does not successfully meet these
challenges.

Risks Related to Our Products and Service

If our principal products and our new product development fail to meet the needs of
our clients, we may fail to realize future growth.

We currently derive substantially all of our net revenue from sales of our healthcare information systems
and related services. We believe that a primary factor in the market acceptance of our systems has been our
ability to meet the needs of users of healthcare information systems. Our future financial performance will
depend in large part on our ability to continue to meet the increasingly sophisticated needs of our clients
through the timely development and successful introduction and implementation of new and enhanced
versions of our systems and other complementary products. We have historically expended a significant
percentage of our net revenue on product development and believe that significant continuing product
development efforts will be required to sustain our growth. Continued investment in our sales staff and our
client implementation and support staffs will also be required to support future growth.

There can be no assurance that we will be successful in our product development efforts, that the market
will continue to accept our existing products, or that new products or product enhancements will be
developed and implemented in a timely manner, meet the requirements of healthcare providers, or achieve

18

market acceptance. If new products or product enhancements do not achieve market acceptance, our
business, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected. At certain times in the
past, we have also experienced delays in purchases of our products by clients anticipating our launch, or the
launch of our competitors, of new products. There can be no assurance that material order deferrals in
anticipation of new product introductions from ourselves or other entities will not occur.

If the emerging technologies and platforms of Microsoft and others upon which we build
our products do not gain or continue to maintain broad market acceptance, or if we fail
to develop and introduce in a timely manner new products and services compatible with
such emerging technologies, we may not be able to compete effectively and our ability
to generate revenue will suffer.

Our software products are built and depend upon several underlying and evolving relational database
management system platforms such as those developed by Microsoft. To date, the standards and technol-
ogies upon which we have chosen to develop our products have proven to have gained industry acceptance.
However, the market for our software products is subject to ongoing rapid technological developments,
quickly evolving industry standards and rapid changes in client requirements, and there may be existing or
future technologies and platforms that achieve industry standard status, which are not compatible with our
products.

We face the possibility of subscription pricing, which may force us to adjust our sales,
marketing and pricing strategies.

In April, 2009 we announced a new subscription based software as a service delivery model which
includes monthly subscription pricing. This model is designed for smaller practices to quickly access the
NextGenehr or NextGenpm products at a modest monthly per provider price. We currently derive substantially
all of our systems revenue from traditional software license, implementation and training fees, as well as the
resale of computer hardware. Today, the majority of our clients pay an initial license fee for the use of our
products, in addition to a periodic maintenance fee. While the intent of the new subscription based delivery
model is to further penetrate the smaller practice market, there can be no assurance that this delivery model
will not become increasingly popular with both small and large clients. If the marketplace increasingly
demands subscription pricing, we may be forced to further adjust our sales, marketing and pricing strategies
accordingly, by offering a higher percentage of our products and services through these means. Shifting to a
significantly greater degree of subscription pricing could adversely affect our financial condition, cash flows
and quarterly and annual revenue and results of operations, as our revenue would initially decrease
substantially. There can be no assurance that the marketplace will not increasingly embrace subscription
pricing.

We face the possibility of claims based upon our Web site content, which may cause
us expense and management distraction.

We could be subject to third party claims based on the nature and content of information supplied on our
Web site by us or third parties, including content providers or users. We could also be subject to liability for
content that may be accessible through our Web site or third party Web sites linked from our Web site or
through content and information that may be posted by users in chat rooms, bulletin boards or on Web sites
created by professionals using our applications. Even if these claims do not result in liability to us,
investigating and defending against these claims could be expensive and time consuming and could divert
management’s attention away from our operations.

If our security measures are breached or fail and unauthorized access is obtained to
a client’s data, our services may be perceived as not being secure, clients may curtail
or stop using our services, and we may incur significant liabilities.

Our services involve the storage and transmission of clients’ proprietary information and protected
health information of patients. Because of the sensitivity of this information, security features of our software

19

are very important. If our security measures are breached or fail as a result of third-party action, employee
error, malfeasance, insufficiency, defective design, or otherwise, someone may be able to obtain unautho-
rized access to client or patient data. As a result, our reputation could be damaged, our business may suffer,
and we could face damages for contract breach, penalties for violation of applicable laws or regulations and
significant costs for remediation and remediation efforts to prevent future occurrences. We rely upon our
clients as users of our system for key activities to promote security of the system and the data within it, such as
administration of client-side access credentialing and control of client-side display of data. On occasion, our
clients have failed to perform these activities. Failure of clients to perform these activities may result in claims
against us that this reliance was misplaced, which could expose us to significant expense and harm to our
reputation. Because techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or to sabotage systems change frequently
and generally are not recognized until launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these
techniques or to implement adequate preventive measures. If an actual or perceived breach of our security
occurs, the market perception of the effectiveness of our security measures could be harmed and we could
lose sales and clients. In addition, our clients may authorize or enable third parties to access their client data
or the data of their patients on our systems. Because we do not control such access, we cannot ensure the
complete propriety of that access or integrity or security of such data in our systems.

Failure by our clients to obtain proper permissions and waivers may result in claims
against us or may limit or prevent our use of data, which could harm our business.

We require our clients to provide necessary notices and to obtain necessary permissions and waivers for
use and disclosure of the information that we receive, and we require contractual assurances from them that
they have done so and will do so. If they do not obtain necessary permissions and waivers, then our use and
disclosure of information that we receive from them or on their behalf may be limited or prohibited by state or
federal privacy laws or other laws. This could impair our functions, processes and databases that reflect,
contain, or are based upon such data and may prevent use of such data. In addition, this could interfere with
or prevent creation or use of rules and analyses or limit other data-driven activities that benefit us. Moreover,
we may be subject to claims or liability for use or disclosure of information by reason of lack of valid notice,
permission or waiver. These claims or liabilities could subject us to unexpected costs and adversely affect our
operating results.

We face the possibility of damages resulting from internal and external security
breaches and viruses.

In the course of our business operations, we compile and transmit confidential information, including
patient health information, in our processing centers and other facilities. A breach of security in any of these
facilities could damage our reputation and result in damages being assessed against us. In addition, the other
systems with which we may interface, such as the Internet and related systems may be vulnerable to security
breaches, viruses, programming errors, or similar disruptive problems. The effect of these security breaches
and related issues could disrupt our ability to perform certain key business functions and could potentially
reduce demand for our services. Accordingly, we have expended significant resources toward establishing
and enhancing the security of our related infrastructures, although no assurance can be given that they will be
entirely free from potential breach. Maintaining and enhancing our infrastructure security may require us to
expend significant capital in the future.

The success of our strategy to offer our EDI services and Internet solutions depends on the confidence of
our clients in our ability to securely transmit confidential information. Our EDI services and Internet solutions
rely on encryption, authentication and other security technology licensed from third parties to achieve secure
transmission of confidential information. We may not be able to stop unauthorized attempts to gain access to
or disrupt the transmission of communications by our clients. Anyone who is able to circumvent our security
measures could misappropriate confidential user information or interrupt our, or our clients’, operations. In
addition, our EDI and Internet solutions may be vulnerable to viruses, physical or electronic break-ins and
similar disruptions.

20

Any failure to provide secure infrastructure and/or electronic communication services could result in a
lack of trust by our clients causing them to seek out other vendors and/or damage our reputation in the
market, making it difficult to obtain new clients.

We are subject to the development and maintenance of the Internet infrastructure,
which is not within our control, and which may diminish Internet usage and availability
as well as access to our Web site.

We deliver Internet-based services and, accordingly, we are dependent on the maintenance of the
Internet by third parties. The Internet infrastructure may be unable to support the demands placed on it and our
performance may decrease if the Internet continues to experience its historic trend of expanding usage. As a
result of damage to portions of its infrastructure, the Internet has experienced a variety of performance
problems which may continue into the foreseeable future. Such Internet related problems may diminish
Internet usage and availability of the Internet to us for transmittal of our Internet-based services. In addition,
difficulties, outages and delays by Internet service providers, online service providers and other Web site
operators may obstruct or diminish access to our Web site by our clients resulting in a loss of potential or
existing users of our services.

Our products may be subject to product liability legal claims, which could have an
adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Certain of our products provide applications that relate to patient clinical information. Any failure by our
products to provide accurate and timely information concerning patients, their medication, treatment and
health status, generally, could result in claims against us which could materially and adversely impact our
financial performance, industry reputation and ability to market new system sales. In addition, a court or
government agency may take the position that our delivery of health information directly, including through
licensed practitioners, or delivery of information by a third party site that a consumer accesses through our
Web sites, exposes us to assertions of malpractice, other personal injury liability, or other liability for wrongful
delivery/handling of healthcare services or erroneous health information. We maintain insurance to protect
against claims associated with the use of our products as well as liability limitation language in our end-user
license agreements, but there can be no assurance that our insurance coverage or contractual language
would adequately cover any claim asserted against us. A successful claim brought against us in excess of or
outside of our insurance coverage could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and
financial condition. Even unsuccessful claims could result in our expenditure of funds for litigation and
management time and resources.

Certain healthcare professionals who use our Internet-based products will directly enter health infor-
mation about their patients including information that constitutes a record under applicable law that we may
store on our computer systems. Numerous federal and state laws and regulations, the common law and
contractual obligations, govern collection, dissemination, use and confidentiality of patient-identifiable
health information, including:

(cid:129) state and federal privacy and confidentiality laws;

(cid:129) our contracts with clients and partners;

(cid:129) state laws regulating healthcare professionals;

(cid:129) Medicaid laws;

(cid:129) the HIPAA and related rules proposed by the Health Care Financing Administration; and

(cid:129) Health Care Financing Administration standards for Internet transmission of health data.

HIPAA establishes elements including, but not limited to, federal privacy and security standards for the
use and protection of Protected Health Information. Any failure by us or by our personnel or partners to
comply with applicable requirements may result in a material liability to us.

21

Although we have systems and policies in place for safeguarding Protected Health Information from
unauthorized disclosure, these systems and policies may not preclude claims against us for alleged violations
of applicable requirements. Also, third party sites and/or links that consumers may access through our web
sites may not maintain adequate systems to safeguard this information, or may circumvent systems and
policies we have put in place. In addition, future laws or changes in current laws may necessitate costly
adaptations to our policies, procedures, or systems.

There can be no assurance that we will not be subject to product liability claims, that such claims will not
result in liability in excess of our insurance coverage, that our insurance will cover such claims or that
appropriate insurance will continue to be available to us in the future at commercially reasonable rates. Such
product liability claims could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We are subject to the effect of payor and provider conduct which we cannot control
and accordingly, there is no assurance that revenue for our services will continue at
historic levels.

We offer certain electronic claims submission products and services as part of our product line. While we
have implemented certain product features designed to maximize the accuracy and completeness of claims
submissions, these features may not be sufficient to prevent inaccurate claims data from being submitted to
payors. Should inaccurate claims data be submitted to payors, we may be subject to liability claims.

Electronic data transmission services are offered by certain payors to healthcare providers that establish
a direct link between the provider and payor. This process reduces revenue to third party EDI service
providers such as us. As a result of this, or other market factors, we are unable to ensure that we will continue
to generate revenue at or in excess of prior levels for such services.

A significant increase in the utilization of direct links between healthcare providers and payors could
adversely affect our transaction volume and financial results. In addition, we cannot provide assurance that
we will be able to maintain our existing links to payors or develop new connections on terms that are
economically satisfactory to us, if at all.

Risks Related to Regulation

We face increasing involvement of the federal government in our industry, which
may give rise to uncertain and unwarranted expectations concerning the benefits we
are to receive from government funding and programs.

In February 2009, President Obama signed the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act (“ARRA”),
which allocates over $20 billion dollars to healthcare IT over the next several years. The provision of the
legislation that addresses health information technology specifically is known as the Health Information
Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (“HITECH Act”). Under the provisions of HITECH Act, the
ARRA includes significant financial incentives to healthcare providers who can demonstrate meaningful use
of certified EHR technology beginning in 2011. While the Company expects the ARRA to create significant
opportunities for sales of NextGenehr over the next several years, we are unsure of the immediate impact from
the ARRA and the long-term potential could be significant.

In order for our customers to qualify for incentives related to EHR use, our products must meet various
requirements for product certification under the regulations and must enable our customers to achieve
“meaningful use,” as such term is currently defined under the July 28, 2010 Final Rule adopted by the Centers
for Medicare & Medicaid Services, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (“CMS”), and under any
future regulations and guidance that CMS may release related to the incentive program. The CMS Final Rule
provides for a phased approach to implementation of the meaningful use standards, with Stage 1 set forth in
the final rule and Stages 2 and 3 reserved for future rulemaking based upon the experiences with Stage 1.
Also, a final rule has been implemented by the Office of National Coordinator, U.S. Department of Health
and Human Services, to adopt an initial set of standards, implementation specifications, and certification
criteria to enhance the use of health information technology and support its meaningful use. Given that CMS

22

will release future regulations related to electronic health records, our ability to achieve product certification
by CCHIT» and other regulatory bodies, and the length, if any, of additional related development and other
efforts required to meet meaningful use standards could materially impact our ability to compete and to
maximize our market opportunity.

We face the risks and uncertainties that are associated with litigation against us, which
may adversely impact our marketing, distract management and have a negative
impact upon our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We face the risks associated with litigation concerning the operation of our business. The uncertainty
associated with substantial unresolved litigation may have an adverse effect on our business. In particular,
such litigation could impair our relationships with existing clients and our ability to obtain new clients.
Defending such litigation may result in a diversion of management’s time and attention away from business
operations, which could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Such litigation may also have the effect of discouraging potential acquirers from bidding for us or reducing
the consideration such acquirers would otherwise be willing to pay in connection with an acquisition.

There can be no assurance that such litigation will not result in liability in excess of our insurance
coverage, that our insurance will cover such claims or that appropriate insurance will continue to be available
to us in the future at commercially reasonable rates.

Because we believe that proprietary rights are material to our success, misappropriation
of these rights could adversely affect our financial condition.

We are heavily dependent on the maintenance and protection of our intellectual property and we rely
largely on license agreements, confidentiality procedures and employee nondisclosure agreements to
protect our intellectual property. Our software is not patented and existing copyright laws offer only limited
practical protection.

There can be no assurance that the legal protections and precautions we take will be adequate to
prevent misappropriation of our technology or that competitors will not independently develop technologies
equivalent or superior to ours. Further, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect our proprietary rights
to as great an extent as do the laws of the United States and are often not enforced as vigorously as those in
the United States.

We do not believe that our operations or products infringe on the intellectual property rights of others.
However, there can be no assurance that others will not assert infringement or trade secret claims against us
with respect to our current or future products or that any such assertion will not require us to enter into a license
agreement or royalty arrangement or other financial arrangement with the party asserting the claim.
Responding to and defending any such claims may distract the attention of our management and adversely
affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, claims may be brought against
third parties from which we purchase software, and such claims could adversely affect our ability to access
third party software for our systems.

If we are deemed to infringe on the proprietary rights of third parties, we could incur
unanticipated expense and be prevented from providing our products and services.

We are and may continue to be subject to intellectual property infringement claims as the number of our
competitors grows and our applications’ functionality is viewed as similar or overlapping with competitive
products. We do not believe that we have infringed or are infringing on any proprietary rights of third parties.
However, claims are occasionally asserted against us, and we cannot assure you that infringement claims will
not be asserted against us in the future. Also, we cannot assure you that any such claims will be unsuccessful.
We could incur substantial costs and diversion of management resources defending any infringement
claims — even if we are ultimately successful in the defense of such matters. Furthermore, a party making a
claim against us could secure a judgment awarding substantial damages, as well as injunctive or other
equitable relief that could effectively block our ability to provide products or services. In addition, we cannot

23

assure you that licenses for any intellectual property of third parties that might be required for our products or
services will be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all.

We are dependent on our license rights and other services from third parties, which
may cause us to discontinue, delay or reduce product shipments.

We depend upon licenses for some of the technology used in our products as well as other services from
third-party vendors. Most of these arrangements can be continued/renewed only by mutual consent and may
be terminated for any number of reasons. We may not be able to continue using the products or services
made available to us under these arrangements on commercially reasonable terms or at all. As a result, we
may have to discontinue, delay or reduce product shipments or services provided until we can obtain
equivalent technology or services. Most of our third-party licenses are non-exclusive. Our competitors may
obtain the right to use any of the business elements covered by these arrangements and use these elements to
compete directly with us. In addition, if our vendors choose to discontinue providing their technology or
services in the future or are unsuccessful in their continued research and development efforts, we may not be
able to modify or adapt our own products.

There is significant uncertainty in the healthcare industry in which we operate, and
we are subject to the possibility of changing government regulation, which may
adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The healthcare industry is subject to changing political, economic and regulatory influences that may
affect the procurement processes and operation of healthcare facilities. During the past several years, the
healthcare industry has been subject to an increase in governmental regulation of, among other things,
reimbursement rates and certain capital expenditures.

Recently enacted public laws reforming the U.S. healthcare system may have an impact on our business.
The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (H.R. 3590; Public Law 111-148) (“PPACA”) and The Health
Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 (H.R. 4872) (the “Reconciliation Act”), which amends the
PPACA (collectively the “Health Reform Laws”), were signed into law in March 2010. The Health Reform
Laws contain various provisions which may impact us and our customers. Some of these provisions may have
a positive impact, by expanding the use of electronic health records in certain federal programs, for example,
while others, such as reductions in reimbursement for certain types of providers, may have a negative impact
due to fewer available resources. Increases in fraud and abuse penalties may also adversely affect
participants in the health care sector, including us.

Various legislators have announced that they intend to examine further proposals to reform certain
aspects of the U.S. healthcare system. Healthcare providers may react to these proposals, and the uncertainty
surrounding such proposals, by curtailing or deferring investments, including those for our systems and
related services. Cost-containment measures instituted by healthcare providers as a result of regulatory
reform or otherwise could result in a reduction in the allocation of capital funds. Such a reduction could have
an adverse effect on our ability to sell our systems and related services. On the other hand, changes in the
regulatory environment have increased and may continue to increase the needs of healthcare organizations
for cost-effective data management and thereby enhance the overall market for healthcare management
information systems. We cannot predict what effect, if any, such proposals or healthcare reforms might have
on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

As existing regulations mature and become better defined, we anticipate that these regulations will
continue to directly affect certain of our products and services, but we cannot fully predict the effect at this
time. We have taken steps to modify our products, services and internal practices as necessary to facilitate
our compliance with the regulations, but there can be no assurance that we will be able to do so in a timely or
complete manner. Achieving compliance with these regulations could be costly and distract management’s
attention and divert other company resources, and any noncompliance by us could result in civil and criminal
penalties.

24

Developments of additional federal and state regulations and policies have the potential to positively or

negatively affect our business.

Our software may potentially be subject to regulation by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”)
as a medical device. Such regulation could require the registration of the applicable manufacturing facility
and software and hardware products, application of detailed record-keeping and manufacturing standards,
and FDA approval or clearance prior to marketing. An approval or clearance requirement could create
delays in marketing, and the FDA could require supplemental filings or object to certain of these applications,
the result of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may be subject to false or fraudulent claim laws. There are numerous federal and state laws that forbid
submission of false information or the failure to disclose information in connection with submission and payment
of physician claims for reimbursement. In some cases, these laws also forbid abuse of existing systems for such
submission and payment. Any failure of our RCM services to comply with these laws and regulations could result
in substantial liability including, but not limited to, criminal liability, could adversely affect demand for our
services and could force us to expend significant capital, research and development and other resources to
address the failure. Errors by us or our systems with respect to entry, formatting, preparation or transmission of
claim information may be determined or alleged to be in violation of these laws and regulations. Determination
by a court or regulatory agency that our services violate these laws could subject us to civil or criminal penalties,
invalidate all or portions of some of our client contracts, require us to change or terminate some portions of our
business, require us to refund portions of our services fees, cause us to be disqualified from serving clients doing
business with government payors and have an adverse effect on our business.

In most cases where we are permitted to do so, we calculate charges for our RCM services based on a
percentage of the collections that our clients receive as a result of our services. To the extent that violations or
liability for violations of these laws and regulations require intent, it may be alleged that this percentage
calculation provides us or our employees with incentive to commit or overlook fraud or abuse in connection
with submission and payment of reimbursement claims. The U.S. Centers for Medicare and Medicaid
Services has stated that it is concerned that percentage-based billing services may encourage billing
companies to commit or to overlook fraudulent or abusive practices.

A portion of our business involves billing of Medicare claims on behalf of its clients. In an effort to combat
fraudulent Medicare claims, the federal government offers rewards for reporting of Medicare fraud which
could encourage others to subject us to a charge of fraudulent claims, including charges that are ultimately
proven to be without merit.

If our products fail to comply with evolving government and industry standards and
regulations, we may have difficulty selling our products.

We may be subject to additional federal and state statutes and regulations in connection with offering
services and products via the Internet. On an increasingly frequent basis, federal and state legislators are
proposing laws and regulations that apply to Internet commerce and communications. Areas being affected
by these regulations include user privacy, pricing, content, taxation, copyright protection, distribution, and
quality of products and services. To the extent that our products and services are subject to these laws and
regulations, the sale of our products and services could be harmed.

We are subject to changes in and interpretations of financial accounting matters that
govern the measurement of our performance, one or more of which could adversely
affect our business, financial condition, cash flows, revenue and results of
operations.

Based on our reading and interpretations of relevant guidance, principles or concepts issued by, among
other authorities, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, the Financial Accounting Standards
terms and business
Board and the Commission, we believe our current sales and licensing contract
arrangements have been properly reported. However, there continue to be issued interpretations and
guidance for applying the relevant standards to a wide range of sales and licensing contract terms and

25

business arrangements that are prevalent in the software industry. Future interpretations or changes by the
regulators of existing accounting standards or changes in our business practices could result in changes in our
revenue recognition and/or other accounting policies and practices that could adversely affect our business,
financial condition, cash flows, revenue and results of operations.

Failure to maintain effective internal controls in accordance with Section 404 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 could have an adverse effect on our business, and our
per share price may be adversely affected.

Pursuant

to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“Section 404”) and the rules and
regulations promulgated by the SEC to implement Section 404, we are required to include in our Form 10-K
a report by our management regarding the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. The
report includes, among other things, an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial
reporting. The assessment must include disclosure of any material weakness in our internal control over
financial reporting identified by management.

As part of the ongoing evaluation being undertaken by management and our independent registered
public accountants pursuant to Section 404, our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of
March 31, 2011. However, if we fail to maintain an effective system of disclosure controls or internal controls
over financial reporting, we may discover material weaknesses that we would then be required to disclose.
Any material weaknesses identified in our internal controls could have an adverse effect on our business. We
may not be able to accurately or timely report on our financial results, and we might be subject
to
investigation by regulatory authorities. This could result in a loss of investor confidence in the accuracy
and completeness of our financial reports, which may have an adverse effect on our stock price.

No evaluation process can provide complete assurance that our internal controls will detect and correct
all failures within our company to disclose material information otherwise required to be reported. The
effectiveness of our controls and procedures could also be limited by simple errors or faulty judgments. In
addition, if we continue to expand, through either organic growth or through acquisitions (or both), the
challenges involved in implementing appropriate controls will increase and may require that we evolve some
or all of our internal control processes.

It is also possible that the overall scope of Section 404 may be revised in the future, thereby causing our
auditors and ourselves to review, revise or reevaluate our internal control processes which may result in the
expenditure of additional human and financial resources.

Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock

The unpredictability of our quarterly operating results may cause the price of our
common stock to fluctuate or decline.

Our revenue may fluctuate in the future from quarter to quarter and period to period, as a result of a

number of factors including, without limitation:

(cid:129) the size and timing of orders from clients;

(cid:129) the specific mix of software, hardware and services in client orders;

(cid:129) the length of sales cycles and installation processes;

(cid:129) the ability of our clients to obtain financing for the purchase of our products;

(cid:129) changes in pricing policies or price reductions by us or our competitors;

(cid:129) the timing of new product announcements and product introductions by us or our competitors;

(cid:129) changes in revenue recognition or other accounting guidelines employed by us and/or established by

the Financial Accounting Standards Board or other rule-making bodies;

(cid:129) accounting policies concerning the timing of the recognition of revenue;

26

(cid:129) the availability and cost of system components;

(cid:129) the financial stability of clients;

(cid:129) market acceptance of new products, applications and product enhancements;

(cid:129) our ability to develop, introduce and market new products, applications and product enhancements;

(cid:129) our success in expanding our sales and marketing programs;

(cid:129) deferrals of client orders in anticipation of new products, applications, product enhancements, or

public/private sector initiatives;

(cid:129) execution of or changes to our strategy;

(cid:129) personnel changes; and

(cid:129) general market/economic factors.

Our software products are generally shipped as orders are received and accordingly, we have
historically operated with a minimal backlog of license fees. As a result, revenue in any quarter is dependent
on orders booked and shipped in that quarter and is not predictable with any degree of certainty.
Furthermore, our systems can be relatively large and expensive, and individual systems sales can represent
a significant portion of our revenue and profits for a quarter such that the loss or deferral of even one such sale
can adversely affect our quarterly revenue and profitability.

Clients often defer systems purchases until our quarter end, so quarterly results generally cannot be

predicted and frequently are not known until after the quarter has concluded.

Our sales are dependent upon clients’ initial decisions to replace or substantially modify their existing
information systems, and subsequently, their decision concerning which products and services to purchase.
These are major decisions for healthcare providers and, accordingly, the sales cycle for our systems can vary
significantly and typically ranges from six to twenty four months from initial contact to contract execution/
shipment.

Because a significant percentage of our expenses are relatively fixed, a variation in the timing of systems
sales, implementations and installations can cause significant variations in operating results from quarter to
quarter. As a result, we believe that interim period-to-period comparisons of our results of operations are not
necessarily meaningful and should not be relied upon as indications of future performance. Further, our
historical operating results are not necessarily indicative of future performance for any particular period.

We currently recognize revenue pursuant to Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Account-
ing Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 985-605, Software, Revenue Recognition, or ASC 985-605.
ASC 985-605 summarizes the FASB’s views in applying generally accepted accounting principles to revenue
recognition in financial statements.

There can be no assurance that application and subsequent interpretations of these pronouncements will
not further modify our revenue recognition policies, or that such modifications would not adversely affect our
operating results reported in any particular quarter or year.

Due to all of the foregoing factors, it is possible that our operating results may be below the expectations
of public market analysts and investors. In such event, the price of our common stock would likely be adversely
affected.

Our common stock price has been volatile, which could result in substantial losses for
investors purchasing shares of our common stock and in litigation against us.

Volatility may be caused by a number of factors including but not limited to:

(cid:129) actual or anticipated quarterly variations in operating results;

(cid:129) rumors about our performance, software solutions, or merger and acquisition activity;

27

(cid:129) changes in expectations of future financial performance or changes in estimates of securities analysts;

(cid:129) governmental regulatory action;

(cid:129) health care reform measures;

(cid:129) client relationship developments;

(cid:129) purchases or sales of company stock;

(cid:129) activities by one or more of our major shareholders concerning our policies and operations;

(cid:129) changes occurring in the markets in general;

(cid:129) macroeconomic conditions, both nationally and internationally; and

(cid:129) other factors, many of which are beyond our control.

Furthermore, the stock market in general, and the market for software, healthcare and high technology
companies in particular, has experienced extreme volatility that often has been unrelated to the operating
performance of particular companies. These broad market and industry fluctuations may adversely affect the
trading price of our common stock, regardless of actual operating performance.

Moreover, in the past, securities class action litigation has often been brought against a company
following periods of volatility in the market price of its securities. We may in the future be the target of similar
litigation. Securities litigation could result in substantial costs and divert management’s attention and
resources.

Two of our directors are significant shareholders, which makes it possible for them to
have significant influence over the outcome of all matters submitted to our shareholders
for approval and which influence may be alleged to conflict with our interests and the
interests of our other shareholders.

Two of our directors and principal shareholders beneficially owned an aggregate of approximately
33.4% of the outstanding shares of our common stock at March 31, 2011. California law and our Bylaws
permit our shareholders to cumulate their votes, the effect of which is to provide shareholders with sufficiently
large concentrations of our shares the opportunity to assure themselves one or more seats on our Board of
Directors. The amounts required to assure a Board position can vary based upon the number of shares
outstanding, the number of shares voting, the number of directors to be elected, the number of “broker non-
votes,” and the number of shares held by the shareholder exercising cumulative voting rights. In the event that
cumulative voting is invoked, it is likely that the two of our directors holding an aggregate of approximately
33.4% of the outstanding shares of our common stock at March 31, 2011 will each have sufficient votes to
assure themselves of one or more seats on our Board of Directors. With or without cumulative voting, these
shareholders will have significant influence over the outcome of all matters submitted to our shareholders for
approval, including the election of our directors and other corporate actions. In fiscal year 2009, one of the
principal shareholders, Ahmed Hussein, proposed a different slate of directors than what the Company
proposed to shareholders. The Company spent approximately $1.5 million to defend the Company’s slate. In
addition, such influence by one or both of these shareholders could have the effect of discouraging others
from attempting to purchase us or to implement a change over our Board of Directors, which could result in a
reduction of the market price offered for our common stock in such an event.

Our future policy concerning the payment of dividends is uncertain, which could
adversely affect the price of our stock.

We have announced our intention to pay a quarterly dividend commencing with the conclusion of our
first fiscal quarter of 2008 (June 30, 2007) and pursuant to this policy our Board of Directors has declared a
quarterly cash dividend ranging from $0.25 to its most recent level of $0.35 per share on our outstanding
shares of common stock, each quarter thereafter. We anticipate that future quarterly dividends, if and when
declared by our Board of Directors pursuant to this policy, would likely be distributable on or about the fifth

28

day of each of the months of October, January, April and July. There can be no guarantees that we will have
the financial wherewithal to fund this dividend in perpetuity or to pay it at historic rates. Further, our Board of
Directors may decide not to pay the dividend at some future time for financial or non-financial reasons.
Unfulfilled expectations regarding future dividends could adversely affect the price of our stock.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

Our corporate headquarters, QSI Dental Division and NextGen Division training operations are located
in Irvine, California. Should we continue to grow, we may be required to lease additional space. We believe
that suitable additional or substitute space is available, if needed, at market rates.

As of March 31, 2011, we lease an aggregate of approximately 321,000 square feet of space with

expiration dates, excluding options, ranging from month-to-month to September 2016, as follows:

Square Feet

QSI Dental Division

Irvine, California — Corporate Headquarters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

34,800

NextGen Division

Horsham, Pennsylvania . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Atlanta, Georgia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

98,000
35,000

Inpatient Solutions Division

Austin, Texas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Irvine, California. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

39,000
4,200

Practice Solutions Division

St. Louis, Missouri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hunt Valley, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other U.S. locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

67,000
33,000
10,000

Total leased properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

321,000

ITEM 3.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

In the normal course of business, we are involved in various claims and legal proceedings. While the
ultimate resolution of these currently pending matters has yet to be determined, we do not presently believe
that their outcome will materially and adversely affect our financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

We have experienced legal claims by parties asserting that we have infringed their intellectual property
rights. We believe that these claims are without merit and intend to defend against them vigorously; however,
we could incur substantial costs and diversion of management resources defending any infringement claim,
even if we are ultimately successful in the defense of such matter. Litigation is inherently uncertain and always
difficult to predict. We refer you to the discussion of infringement and litigation risks in our “Item 1A. Risk
Factors” section of this Report.

29

ITEM 4.

(REMOVED AND RESERVED)

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MAT-

TERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Market Price and Holders

Our common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “QSII.” The
following table sets forth for the quarters indicated the high and low sales prices for each period indicated, as
reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market:

High

Low

Three Months Ended June 30, 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $62.00
September 30, 2009. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $64.16
December 31, 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $65.98
March 31, 2010. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $68.59
June 30, 2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $68.89
September 30, 2010. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $67.27
December 31, 2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $71.81
March 31, 2011. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $83.68

$43.44
$50.87
$57.63
$51.30
$53.86
$52.90
$58.35
$69.33

At May 23, 2011, there were approximately 78 holders of record of our common stock.

Dividends

In January 2007, our Board of Directors adopted a policy whereby we intend to pay a regular quarterly
dividend of $0.25 per share on our outstanding Common Stock, subject to further Board review and
approval and establishment of record and distribution dates by our Board of Directors prior to the declaration
of each such quarterly dividend. Our Board of Directors increased the quarterly dividend to $0.30 per share
in August 2008 and to $0.35 per share in January 2011. We anticipate that future quarterly dividends, if
and when declared by our Board of Directors pursuant to this policy, would likely be distributable on or about
the fifth day of each of the months of October, January, April and July.

On May 25, 2011, the Board of Directors approved a quarterly cash dividend of $0.35 per share on the
Company’s outstanding shares of Common Stock, payable to shareholders of record as of June 17, 2011
with an expected distribution date on or about July 5, 2011.

30

Our Board of Directors declared the following dividends during the periods presented:

Declaration Date

Record Date

Payment Date

May 26, 2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
July 28, 2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . September 17, 2010 October 5, 2010
January 5, 2011
October 25, 2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . December 17, 2010
April 5, 2011
January 26, 2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . March 17, 2011

June 17, 2010

July 6, 2010

Fiscal year 2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . .

May 27, 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
July 23, 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . September 25, 2009 October 5, 2009
January 5, 2010
October 28, 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . December 23, 2009
April 5, 2010
January 27, 2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . March 23, 2010

June 12, 2009

July 6, 2009

Fiscal year 2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . .

May 29, 2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
August 4, 2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . September 15, 2008 October 1, 2008
January 5, 2009
October 30, 2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . December 15, 2008
April 3, 2009
January 28, 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . March 11, 2009

June 15, 2008

July 2, 2008

Fiscal year 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Per Share
Dividend

$0.30
0.30
0.30
0.35

$1.25

$0.30
0.30
0.30
0.30

$1.20

$0.25
0.30
0.30
0.30

$1.15

Payment of future dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors after taking into
account various factors, including without limitation, our financial condition, operating results, current and
anticipated cash needs and plans for expansion.

31

Performance Graph

The following graph compares the cumulative total returns of our common stock, the NASDAQ
Composite Index and the NASDAQ Computer & Data Processing Services Stock Index over the five-year
period ended March 31, 2011 assuming $100 was invested on March 31, 2006 with all dividends, if any,
reinvested. This performance graph shall not be deemed to be “soliciting material” or “filed” for purposes of
Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) or otherwise subject to
the liabilities under that Section and shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the
Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended or the Exchange Act.

COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN*
Among Quality Systems, Inc., The NASDAQ Composite Index
And The NASDAQ Computer & Data Processing Index

$300

$250

$200

$150

$100

$50

$0

Mar-06

Mar-07

Mar-08

Mar-09

Mar-10

Mar-11

Quality Systems, Inc.

Nasdaq Composite 

Nasdaq Computer & Data Processing

* $100 invested on 3/31/2006 in stock or index, including reinvestment of dividends. Fiscal year ending

March 31.

The last trade price of our common stock on each of March 31, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 and 2011
was published by NASDAQ and, accordingly for the periods ended March 31, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
and 2011, the reported last trade price was utilized to compute the total cumulative return for our common
stock for the respective periods then ended. Shareholder returns over the indicated periods should not be
considered indicative of future stock prices or shareholder returns.

32

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following selected financial data with respect to our consolidated statements of income data for each
of the five years in the period ended March 31, 2011 and the consolidated balance sheets data as of the end
of each such fiscal year are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements. The following
information should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes
thereto and “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Oper-
ations” included elsewhere herein.

Consolidated Financial Data

2011

Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
2009
(In thousands, except per share data)

2010

2008

2007

Statements of Income Data:
Revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $353,363
127,482
Cost of revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$291,811
110,807

$245,515
88,890

$186,500
62,501

$157,165
50,784

Gross profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selling, general and

administrative . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Research and development costs . .
Amortization of acquired intangible
assets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Income from operations. . . . . . . . .
Interest income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other income (expense), net . . . . .

Income before provision for income
taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Provision for income taxes . . . . . . .

225,881

181,004

156,625

123,999

106,381

108,310
21,797

1,682

94,092
263
61

94,416
32,810

86,951
16,546

1,783

75,724
226
268

76,218
27,839

69,410
13,777

1,035

72,403
1,203
(279)

73,327
27,208

53,260
11,350

—

59,389
2,661
953

63,003
22,925

45,337
10,166

—

50,878
3,306
—

54,184
20,952

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 61,606

$ 48,379

$ 46,119

$ 40,078

$ 33,232

Basic net income per share . . . . . . $
Diluted net income per share . . . . . $
Basic weighted average shares

2.13
2.12

$
$

1.69
1.68

$
$

1.65
1.62

$
$

1.47
1.44

$
$

1.24
1.21

outstanding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

28,947

28,635

28,031

27,298

26,882

Diluted weighted average shares

outstanding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

29,118

28,796

28,396

27,770

27,550

Dividends declared per common

share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

1.25

$

1.20

$

1.15

$

1.00

$

1.00

March 31,
2011

March 31,
2010

March 31,
2009

March 31,
2008

March 31,
2007

Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . $116,617
Working capital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $145,758
Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $378,686
Total liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $154,016
Total shareholders’ equity . . . . . . . $224,670

$ 84,611
$118,935
$310,180
$121,891
$188,289

$ 70,180
$ 98,980
$242,101
$ 86,534
$155,567

$ 59,046
$ 79,932
$187,908
$ 74,203
$113,705

$ 60,028
$ 76,616
$150,681
$ 59,435
$ 91,246

33

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Except for the historical information contained herein, the matters discussed in this management’s
discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations (“MD&A”), including discussions of
our product development plans, business strategies and market factors influencing our results, may include
forward-looking statements that involve certain risks and uncertainties. Actual results may differ from those
anticipated by us as a result of various factors, both foreseen and unforeseen, including, but not limited to, our
ability to continue to develop new products and increase systems sales in markets characterized by rapid
technological evolution, consolidation and competition from larger, better-capitalized competitors. Many
other economic, competitive, governmental and technological factors could affect our ability to achieve our
goals and interested persons are urged to review any risks that may be described in “Item 1A. Risk Factors” as
set forth herein, as well as in our other public disclosures and filings with the Commission.

Overview

This MD&A is provided as a supplement to the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto
included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K (this “Report”) in order to enhance your understand-
ing of our results of operations and financial condition and should be read in conjunction with, and is
qualified in its entirety by, the consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere
in this Report. Historical results of operations, percentage margin fluctuations and any trends that may be
inferred from the discussion below are not necessarily indicative of the operating results for any future period.

Our MD&A is organized as follows:

(cid:129) Management Overview.

This section provides a general description of our Company and operating
segments, a discussion as to how we derive our revenue, background information on certain trends
and developments affecting our Company, a summary of our acquisition transactions and a discus-
sion on management’s strategy for driving revenue growth.

(cid:129) Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates.

This section discusses those accounting policies that are
considered important
to the evaluation and reporting of our financial condition and results of
operations, and whose application requires us to exercise subjective or complex judgments in
making estimates and assumptions. In addition, all of our significant accounting policies, including
our critical accounting policies, are summarized in Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting
Policies,” of our notes to consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Report.

(cid:129) Company Overview.

This section provides a more detailed description of our Company, operating

segments, products and services offered.

(cid:129) Overview of Results of Operations and Results of Operations by Operating Divisions.

These sections
provide our analysis and outlook for the significant line items on our consolidated statements of
income, as well as other information that we deem meaningful to understand our results of operations
on both a consolidated basis and an operating division basis.

(cid:129) Liquidity and Capital Resources.

This section provides an analysis of our liquidity and cash flows

and discussions of our contractual obligations and commitments as of March 31, 2011.

(cid:129) New Accounting Pronouncements.

This section provides a summary of the most recent authoritative
accounting standards and guidance that have either been recently adopted by our Company or may
be adopted in the future.

Management Overview

Quality Systems, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries operates as four business divisions and is
comprised of: (i) the QSI Dental Division, (ii) the NextGen Division, (iii) the Inpatient Solutions Division, (iv) the
Practice Solutions and (v) Quality Systems India Healthcare Private Limited (“QSIH”). Operationally,
Lackland Acquisition II, LLC dba Healthcare Strategic Initiatives (“HSI”) and Practice Management Partners,

34

Inc. (“PMP”) comprise the Practice Solutions Division while Opus Healthcare Solutions, LLC (“Opus”) and
NextGen Inpatient Solutions, LLC (“NextGen IS” f/k/a Sphere) operate under the Inpatient Solutions
Division. We primarily derive revenue by developing and marketing healthcare information systems that
automate certain aspects of medical and dental practices, networks of practices such as physician hospital
organizations (“PHOs”) and management service organizations (“MSOs”), ambulatory care centers,
community health centers and medical and dental schools along with comprehensive systems implementa-
tion, maintenance and support and add on complementary services such as revenue cycle management
(“RCM”) and electronic data interchange (“EDI”). Our systems and services provide our clients with the ability
to redesign patient care and other workflow processes while improving productivity through facilitation of
managed access to patient information. Utilizing our proprietary software in combination with third-party
hardware and software solutions, our products enable the integration of a variety of administrative and
clinical information operations.

On May 20, 2008, we acquired HSI, a full-service healthcare RCM company. HSI operates under the
umbrella of our Practice Solutions Division. Founded in 1996, HSI provides RCM services to providers
including health systems, hospitals and physicians in private practice with an in-house team consisting of
specialists in medical billing, coding and compliance, payor credentialing and information technology.

On October 28, 2008, we acquired PMP, a full-service healthcare RCM company. This acquisition is
also part of our growth strategy for our Practice Solutions Division. Similar to HSI, PMP operates under the
umbrella of our Practice Solutions Division. Founded in 2001, PMP provides physician billing and technology
management services to healthcare providers, primarily in the Mid-Atlantic region.

On August 12, 2009, we acquired NextGen IS, a provider of financial information systems to the small
hospital inpatient market. This acquisition, along with our acquisition of Opus, is part of our strategy to
expand into the small hospital market and to add new clients by taking advantage of cross-selling oppor-
tunities between the ambulatory and inpatient markets.

On February 10, 2010, we acquired Opus, a provider of clinical information systems to the small
hospital inpatient market. Founded in 1987 and headquartered in Austin, Texas, Opus delivers Web-based
clinical solutions to hospital systems and integrated health networks nationwide. This acquisition comple-
ments and will be integrated with the assets and operations of NextGen IS. Both companies are established
developers of software and services for the inpatient market and will operate under the Inpatient Solutions
Division.

In January 2011, QSIH was formed to function as the Company’s India-based captive to offshore

technology application development and business processing services.

Our strategy is, at present, to focus on providing software and services to medical and dental practices.
The key elements of this strategy are to continue development and enhancement of select software solutions in
target markets, to continue investments in our infrastructure including but not limited to product development,
sales, marketing, implementation and support, to continue efforts to make infrastructure investments within an
overall context of maintaining reasonable expense discipline, to add new clients through maintaining and
expanding sales, marketing and product development activities and to expand our relationship with existing
clients through delivery of add-on and complementary products and services and continuing our gold-
standard commitment of service in support of our client satisfaction programs.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The discussion and analysis of our consolidated financial statements and results of operations is based
upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The preparation of these consolidated
financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets,
liabilities, revenue and expenses and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. On an on-going
basis, we evaluate estimates (including but not limited to those related to revenue recognition, uncollectible
for
accounts receivable, software development cost,

intangible assets and self-insurance accruals)

35

reasonableness. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that
management believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for
making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that may not be readily apparent from
other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

We believe that the significant accounting policies, as described in Note 2 of our consolidated financial
statements, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” should be read in conjunction with management’s
discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations. We believe the following table
depicts the most critical accounting policies that affect our consolidated financial statements:

Revenue Recognition
We generate revenue from the sale of licensing rights
to use our software products sold directly to end-users
and value-added resellers, or VARs. We also
generate revenue from sales of hardware and third
party software, implementation, training, software
customization,
support
(maintenance) and other services, including RCM
services, performed for clients who license our
products.

post-contract

EDI,

Revenue from implementation and training services is
recognized as
the corresponding services are
performed. Maintenance revenue is recognized
ratably over the contractual maintenance period.
RCM revenue is derived from services fees, which
include amounts charged for ongoing billing and
other related services and are generally billed to
the client as a percentage of total collections. We
do not recognize revenue for services fees until these
collections are made as the services fees are not fixed
or determinable until such time.

Judgments and Uncertainties
A typical system contract contains multiple elements
of the above items. FASB ASC Topic 985-605-25,
Software, Revenue Recognition, Multiple Elements,
or ASC 985-605-25, requires revenue earned on
software arrangements involving multiple elements to
be allocated to each element based on the relative
fair values of those elements. The fair value of an
element must be based on vendor specific objective
evidence (“VSOE”). We limit our assessment of
VSOE for each element to either the price charged
when the same element is sold separately or the price
established by management having the relevant
authority to do so, for an element not yet sold
separately. VSOE calculations are updated and
reviewed at
the end of each quarter or annually
depending on the nature of the product or service.
the related
We have established VSOE for
undelivered elements based on the bell-shaped
curve method. Maintenance VSOE for our largest
clients is based on stated renewal rates only if the rate
is determined to be substantive and falls within our
customary pricing practices.

When evidence of fair value exists for the undelivered
elements only, the residual method, provided for under
ASC 985-605, is used. Under the residual method,
we defer revenue related to the undelivered elements
in a system sale based on VSOE of fair value of each
of
the undelivered elements and allocate the
remainder of the contract price net of all discounts
to revenue recognized from the delivered elements.
Undelivered elements of a system sale may include
implementation and training services, hardware and
third party software, maintenance, future purchase
discounts, or other services. If VSOE of fair value of
any undelivered element does not exist, all revenue is
deferred until VSOE of fair value of the undelivered
element
the element has been
delivered.

is established or

We bill for the entire system sales contract amount upon
contract execution, except for maintenance which is
billed separately. Amounts billed in excess of
the
amounts contractually due are recorded in accounts
receivable as advance billings. Amounts are
contractually due when services are performed or in
accordance with contractually specified payment
dates. Provided the fees are fixed or determinable

36

Revenue Recognition (continued)

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
We maintain allowances for doubtful accounts for
estimated losses resulting from the inability of our
clients to make required payments. We perform
credit evaluations of our clients and maintain
losses. Reserves for
reserves for estimated credit
potential
by
determined
losses
credit
establishing both specific and general reserves.

are

and collection is considered probable, revenue from
licensing rights and sales of hardware and third party
software is generally recognized upon shipment and
transfer of title. In certain transactions whose collections
risk is high, the cash basis method is used to recognize
revenue. If the fee is not fixed or determinable, then the
revenue recognized in each period (subject
to
application of other revenue recognition criteria) will
be the lesser of the aggregate of amounts due and
payable or the amount of the arrangement fee that
would have been recognized if the fees were being
recognized using the residual method. Fees which are
considered fixed or determinable at the inception of our
arrangements
following
characteristics:

include

must

the

(cid:129) The fee must be negotiated at the outset of an
arrangement and generally be based on the
specific volume of products to be delivered
without being subject
to change based on
variable pricing mechanisms such as the number
of units copied or distributed or the expected
number of users; and

(cid:129) Payment terms must not be considered extended. If
a significant portion of the fee is due more than
12 months after delivery or after the expiration of
the license,
fixed or
determinable.

the fee is presumed not

from

if Actual Results Differ

Effect
Assumptions
Although we believe that our approach to estimates and
judgments as described herein is reasonable, actual
results could differ and we may be exposed to increases
or decreases in revenue that could be material.
Judgments and Uncertainties
Specific reserves are based on management’s
estimate of the probability of collection for certain
troubled accounts. General reserves are established
based on our historical experience of bad debt
expense and the aging of our accounts receivable
balances net of deferred revenue and specifically
reserved accounts. If the financial condition of our
clients were to deteriorate resulting in an impairment
of
their ability to make payments, additional
allowances would be required.

Effect
Assumptions

if Actual Results Differ

from

Although we believe that our approach to estimates
and judgments as described herein is reasonable,
actual results could differ and we may be exposed to
increases or decreases in required reserves that
could be material.

37

Software Development Costs
Development costs incurred in the research and
development of new software products and
enhancements to existing software products for
incurred until
external use are expensed as
technological feasibility has been established. After
technological
any
additional external software development costs are
capitalized in accordance with FASB ASC Topic
985-20, Software, Costs of Computer Software to
be Sold, Leased or Marketed, or ASC 985-20. Such
capitalized costs are amortized on a straight-line
basis over
the
the estimated economic life of
related product, which is typically three years.

established,

feasibility

is

Goodwill
Goodwill is related to NextGen and the HSI, PMP,
NextGen IS and Opus acquisitions, which closed on
May 20, 2008, October 28, 2008, August 12,
2009 and February 10, 2010, respectively.

Judgments and Uncertainties
the estimated
We perform an annual review of
such
economic life and the recoverability of
capitalized software costs.
If a determination is
made that capitalized amounts are not recoverable
based on the estimated cash flows to be generated
from the applicable software, any remaining
capitalized amounts are written off.

Effect
Assumptions

if Actual Results Differ

from

the end of our

is a reporting unit

there was no impairment

Although we believe that our approach to estimates
and judgments as described herein is reasonable,
actual results could differ and we may be exposed to
increases or decreases in revenue that could be
material.
Judgments and Uncertainties
In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 350-20,
Intangibles -- Goodwill and Other, Goodwill, or
for
ASC 350-20, we test goodwill
impairment
annually at
fiscal quarter,
first
test date, and have
referred to as the annual
determined that
to our
goodwill as of June 30, 2010. We will also test for
impairment between annual test dates if an event
occurs or circumstances change that would indicate
the carrying amount may be impaired. Impairment
testing for goodwill is performed at a reporting-unit
level, which is defined as an operating segment or
one level below and operating segment (referred to
as a component). A component of an operating
segment
the component
constitutes a business for which discrete financial
information is available and segment management
regularly reviews the operating results of
that
component.
We have determined that NextGen, HSI and PMP
each qualify as a separate reporting unit while
NextGen IS and Opus are aggregated as one
reporting unit at which goodwill impairment testing
is performed.
Effect
Assumptions
We have not made any material changes in the
accounting methodology we
to assess
impairment loss during the past three fiscal years.
The carrying values of goodwill at March 31, 2011
and 2010 were $46.7 million and $46.2 million,
respectively. An impairment loss would generally be
recognized when the carrying amount of
the
reporting unit’s net assets exceeds the estimated
fair value of the reporting unit. As of March 31,
identified any
2011 and 2010, we have not
events or circumstances that would require an
interim goodwill impairment test.

if Actual Results Differ

from

use

if

38

Goodwill (continued)

Business Combinations — Purchase Price
Allocations

During the last three fiscal years, we completed three
significant acquisitions:

In February 2010, we acquired Opus
$20.6 million.

In October 2008, we
$19.7 million, including transaction costs.

acquired PMP

for

for

In May 2008, we acquired HSI for $15.6 million,
including transaction costs.

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets consist of capitalized software
trade names and
relationships,
costs, customer
certain intellectual property.
Intangible assets
related to customer relationships, trade names and
software technology arose in connection with the
acquisition of HSI, PMP, NextGen IS and Opus.

We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood
that there will be a material change in the future
estimates or assumptions we use to test
for
impairment losses on goodwill and other intangible
assets. However, if actual results are not consistent
with our estimates or assumptions, we may be
exposed to an impairment charge that could be
material.
Judgments and Uncertainties

fair

contains

purchase

In accordance with business combination accounting
under FASB ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations,
or ASC 805, we allocate the purchase price of
acquired businesses to the tangible and intangible
assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on
estimated
price
values. Our
allocation methodology
uncertainties
to make
requires management
it
because
assumptions and to apply judgment to estimate the
fair
value of acquired assets and liabilities.
Management estimates the fair value of assets and
liabilities based upon quoted market prices, the
carrying value of the acquired assets and widely
accepted
including
discounted cash
flows and market multiple
analyses. Unanticipated events or circumstances
may occur which could affect the accuracy of our
fair
assumptions
regarding industry economic factors and business
strategies.

techniques,

estimates,

including

valuation

value

Effect
Assumptions

if Actual Results Differ

from

We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood
that there will be a material change in the future
estimates or assumptions we use to complete the
purchase price allocation and estimate the fair
value of acquired assets and liabilities. However, if
actual results are not consistent with our estimates or
assumptions, we may be exposed to losses or gains
that could be material.
Judgments and Uncertainties

are

over

assets

amortized

These intangible assets were recorded at fair value
and are stated net of accumulated amortization.
Intangible
their
remaining estimated useful lives, ranging from 3 to
9 years. Our amortization policy for intangible assets
is based on the principles in FASB ASC Topic 350-
30,
Intangibles -- Goodwill and Other, General
Intangibles Other than Goodwill, or ASC 350-30,
which requires that the amortization of intangible
assets reflect the pattern that the economic benefits
of the intangible assets are consumed.

39

Intangible Assets (continued)

Effect
Assumptions

if Actual Results Differ

from

Although we believe that our approach to estimates
and judgments as described herein is reasonable,
actual results could differ and we may be exposed to
decreases in the fair value of our intangible assets,
resulting in impairment charges that could be
material.

Share-Based Compensation
Our stock-based compensation plans consist of stock
options and restricted stock units. See Note 9 of our
consolidated financial statements for a complete
discussion
compensation
programs.

stock-based

our

of

exercise

Volatility

experience.

is ultimately expected to vest

Judgments and Uncertainties
We apply the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 718,
Compensation -- Stock Compensation, or ASC 718,
which requires the measurement and recognition of
compensation expense for all share-based payment
awards made to employees and directors based on
estimated fair values. ASC 718 requires us to
estimate the fair value of share-based payment
awards on the date of grant using an option-
pricing model. Expected term is estimated using
historical
is
estimated by using the weighted-average historical
volatility of our common stock, which approximates
expected volatility. The risk free rate is the implied
yield available on the U.S Treasury zero-coupon
issues with remaining terms equal to the expected
term. The expected dividend yield is the average
dividend rate during a period equal
to the
expected term of the option. Those inputs are then
entered into the Black Scholes model to determine the
estimated fair value. The value of the portion of the
award that
is
recognized ratably as expense over the requisite
service period in our consolidated statements of
income.
On May 26, 2010, the Board of Directors approved
its fiscal year 2011 equity incentive program for
certain employees
to
purchase the Company’s common stock. Under the
program, executives are eligible to receive options
based on meeting certain target
in
earnings per
share performance and revenue
growth during fiscal year 2011. Non-executive
employees also are eligible to receive options
based
certain management
established criteria and recommendations of senior
management. Compensation expense associated
with the performance based awards under
the
Company’s 2011 incentive plan are initially based
on the number of options expected to vest after
assessing the probability that certain performance
criteria will be met. Cumulative adjustments are
recorded quarterly to reflect subsequent changes in
the estimated outcome of performance-related
conditions.

to be awarded options

satisfying

increases

on

40

Share-Based Compensation (continued)

Self-Insured Liabilities
Effective January 1, 2010, we became self-insured
with respect to healthcare claims, subject to stop-loss
limits. We accrue for estimated self-insurance costs
and uninsured exposures based on claims filed and
an estimate of claims incurred but not reported as of
each balance sheet date. However, it is possible that
recorded accruals may not be adequate to cover the
future payment of claims. Adjustments, if any, to
estimated accruals resulting from ultimate claim
payments will be reflected in earnings during the
periods in which such adjustments are determined.

Effect
Assumptions

if Actual Results Differ

from

We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood
there will be a material change in the future estimates
or assumptions we use to determine stock-based
compensation expense. However, if actual results
are not consistent with our estimates or assumptions,
we may be exposed to changes in stock-based
compensation expense that could be material.

Judgments and Uncertainties
self-insured liabilities contain uncertainties
Our
because management
required to make
assumptions and to apply judgment to estimate the
ultimate cost
to settle reported claims and claims
incurred but not reported at the balance sheet date.

is

Effect
Assumptions

if Actual Results Differ

from

We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood
that there will be a material change in the estimates or
assumptions we use to calculate our self-insured
liabilities. However,
results are not
consistent with our estimates or assumptions, we
may be exposed to losses or gains that could be
material.

if actual

Overview of Our Results

(cid:129) Consolidated revenue increased 21.1% and income from operations grew by 24.3% in the year
ended March 31, 2011 as compared to the prior year period. Revenue was positively impacted by
growth in recurring revenue, including maintenance, EDI and RCM revenue, which grew 23.4%,
17.1% and 22.9%, respectively and accounted for 55.5% of total consolidated revenue for the year
ended March 31, 2011. In the same period a year ago, recurring revenue represented 55.1% of total
consolidated revenue. Revenue was also positively impacted by growth in sales of systems, which
increased 19.6% in the year ended March 31, 2011 as compared to the prior year period.

(cid:129) The increase in income from operations was partially offset by: (a) higher selling, general and
administrative expenses, which was primarily a result of increased headcount expenses and selling-
related expenses at the NextGen Division, (b) increased research and development costs, (c) higher
corporate-related expenses, (d) amortization of the software technology intangible asset related to the
Opus acquisition that is included in cost of sales, and (e) additional expenses related to a fair value
adjustment to the contingent consideration liability related to the acquisitions of Opus and NextGen IS.

(cid:129) We have benefited and hope to continue to benefit from the increased demands on healthcare
providers for greater efficiency and lower costs, financial incentives from the ARRA to physicians who
adopt electronic health records, as well as increased adoption rates for electronic health records and
other technology in the healthcare arena.

(cid:129) While we expect to benefit from the increasing demands for greater efficiency as well as government
support for increased adoption of electronic health records, the current economic environment,
combined with unpredictability of the federal government’s plans to promote increased adoption of
electronic medical records, makes the near term achievement of such benefits and, ultimately, their
impact on system sales, uncertain.

41

NextGen Division

(cid:129) NextGen Division revenue increased 16.5% in the year ended March 31, 2011 and divisional
operating income (excluding unallocated corporate expenses) increased 19.4% as compared to the
prior year period.

(cid:129) Recurring revenue, which consists of maintenance and EDI revenue, increased 17.7% to $130.0 million
and accounted for 48.8% of total NextGen Division revenue for the year ended March 31, 2011. In the
same period a year ago, recurring revenue of $110.4 million represented 48.3% of total NextGen
Division revenue.

(cid:129) During the year ended March 31, 2011, we added staffing resources and increased our investment in
research and development in anticipation of growth from the ARRA. Our goals include taking
maximum advantage of benefits related to the ARRA and continuing to further enhance our existing
products, including continued efforts to maintain our status as a qualified vendor under the ARRA,
integrating our inpatient and ambulatory software products, developing new products for targeted
markets, continuing to add new clients, selling additional software and services to existing clients,
expanding penetration of connectivity and other services to new and existing clients, and capitalizing
on growth and cross selling opportunities within the Practice Solutions Division and the Inpatient
Solutions Division.

(cid:129) The NextGen Division’s growth is attributed to a strong brand name and reputation within a growing
marketplace for electronic health records and investments in sales and marketing activities, including
new marketing campaigns, trade show attendance and other expanded advertising and marketing
expenditures. We have also benefited from winning numerous industry awards for the NextGen
Division’s flagship NextGenehr and NextGenpm software products and more recently in 2010 for its
NextGen HIE product. Further, the increasing acceptance of electronic records technology in the
healthcare industry continues to provide growth opportunities.

QSI Dental Division

(cid:129) QSI Dental Division revenue increased 16.6% in the year ended March 31, 2011 and divisional
operating income (excluding unallocated corporate expenses) increased 35.0% as compared to the
prior year period.

(cid:129) An increase of 65.2% in system sales revenue during the year ended March 31, 2011 as compared
to the prior year period was the chief contributor to the operating income results. The QSI Dental
Division has benefited from system sales to Federally Qualified Healthcare Centers (“FQHCs”), which
are typically sold jointly with the NextGen Division.

(cid:129) The QSI Dental Division is well-positioned to sell to the FQHCs market and intends to continue
leveraging the NextGen Division’s sales force to sell its dental electronic medical records software to
practices that provide both medical and dental services, such as FQHCs, which are receiving grants
as part of the ARRA.

(cid:129) Our goal for the QSI Dental Division is to maximize profit performance given the constraints
represented by a relatively weak purchasing environment in the dental group practice market while
taking advantage of opportunities with the new NextDDSTM product.

Practice Solutions Division

(cid:129) Practice Solutions Division revenue increased 13.7% in the year ended March 31, 2011 and
divisional operating income (excluding unallocated corporate expenses) increased 83.0% as com-
pared to the prior year period.

(cid:129) The Practice Solutions Division benefited from organic growth achieved through cross selling RCM
services to existing NextGen Division clients and well as new clients added during the 2011 fiscal
year.

42

(cid:129) Gross margin of $14.1 million in the year ended March 31, 2011 was negatively impacted by initial
startup costs and other costs related to achieving higher production volume from a new business.

(cid:129) Operating income as a percentage of revenue increased to approximately 8.7% of revenue in the
year ended March 31, 2011 versus 5.4% of revenue in the prior year period primarily as a result of
higher RCM revenue, offset by increased costs related to transitioning to the NextGen platform, such
as training of staff and initial set up as mentioned above.

Inpatient Solutions Division

(cid:129) Inpatient Solutions Division revenue in the year ended March 31, 2011 was $17.9 million as
compared to $2.9 million in the prior year period. This Division consists of two acquisitions, Opus and
NextGen IS, acquired in February 2010 and August 2009, respectively.

The following table sets forth for the periods indicated the percentage of net revenue represented by each

item in our consolidated statements of income (certain percentages below may not sum due to rounding):

Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
2011
2009
2010
(Unaudited)

Revenues:

Software, hardware and supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Implementation and training services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electronic data interchange services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Revenue cycle management and related services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

30.1% 30.8% 34.8%
4.9
35.7
30.6
12.0
12.6
9.2

5.4
40.2
29.7
12.0
8.7
9.3

5.1
35.2
31.1
11.6
12.8
9.3

Maintenance, EDI, RCM and other services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
64.8
Total revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100.0

64.3
100.0

59.8
100.0

Cost of revenue:

Software, hardware and supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Implementation and training services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total cost of system sales. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electronic data interchange services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Revenue cycle management and related services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total cost of maintenance, EDI, RCM and other services . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total cost of revenue. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Gross profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Operating expenses:

Selling, general and administrative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Research and development costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Amortization of acquired intangible assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total operating expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other income (expense), net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Income before provision for income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Provision for income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5.6
4.2

9.8
3.7
7.8
9.6
5.2
26.2
36.1

63.9

30.7
6.2
0.5

37.3
26.6
0.1
0.0

26.7
9.3

4.2
4.1

8.3
4.6
8.7
9.5
7.0
29.7
38.0

62.0

29.8
5.7
0.6

36.1
25.9
0.1
0.1

26.1
9.5

5.4
4.2

9.6
4.8
8.7
6.0
7.1
26.6
36.2

63.8

28.3
5.6
0.4

34.3
29.5
0.5
(0.1)

29.9
11.1

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

17.4% 16.6% 18.8%

43

Comparison of the Fiscal Years Ended March 31, 2011 and March 31, 2010

During fiscal year 2010, we strengthened our position in the hospital market with the acquisitions of
Opus on February 10, 2010 and NextGen IS on August 12, 2009. The results of operations for the Opus and
NextGen IS acquisitions as reported in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2010
were included with the NextGen Division. During fiscal year 2011, as a result of certain organization
changes, the composition of the Company’s NextGen Division was revised to exclude Opus and NextGen IS,
both of which are now aggregated in the Company’s Inpatient Solutions Division. The Company now
operates four reportable segments (not including Corporate), comprised of the NextGen Division, the
Inpatient Solutions Division, the QSI Dental Division and the Practice Solutions Division.

For the purposes of the comparison of the fiscal years ended March 31, 2011 and March 31, 2010 in
this MD&A, the segment results in the tables therein for the year ended March 31, 2010 are re-casted to
present four reportable segments. However, since NextGen IS had no material operations during fiscal year
2010 and Opus was acquired at the end of fiscal year 2010, a comparative analysis of the results of the
Inpatient Solutions Division is not deemed meaningful and is not presented therein.

Net Income.

The Company’s net income for the year ended March 31, 2011 was $61.6 million, or
$2.13 per share on a basic and $2.12 per share on a fully diluted basis. In comparison, we earned
$48.4 million, or $1.69 per share on a basic and $1.68 per share on a fully diluted basis for the year ended
March 31, 2010. The increase in net income for the year ended March 31, 2011 was primarily attributed to
the following:

(cid:129) a 21.1% increase in consolidated revenue, including an increase in revenues of $37.8 million from
our NextGen Division, $15.0 million from our Inpatient Solutions Division and $5.9 million from our
Practice Solutions Division;

(cid:129) a 16.5% increase in NextGen Division revenue, which accounted for 75.4% of consolidated

revenue;

(cid:129) an increase of recurring revenue, including RCM, maintenance and EDI revenue, which accounted for

55.5% of total consolidated revenue;

(cid:129) offset by an increase in selling, general and administrative expenses and research and development

costs.

Revenue. Revenue for the year ended March 31, 2011 increased 21.1% to $353.4 million from
$291.8 million for the year ended March 31, 2010. NextGen Division revenue increased 16.5% to
$266.5 million from $228.7 million in the year ended March 31, 2010 while QSI Dental Division revenue
increased 16.6% to $20.0 million from $17.1 million and Practice Solutions Division revenue increased
13.7% during that same period to $49.0 million from $43.1 million.

System Sales. Revenue earned from Company-wide sales of systems for the year ended March 31,

2011 increased 19.6% to $124.5 million from $104.1 million in the prior year period.

Our increase in revenue from sales of systems was principally the result of a 12.6% increase in category
revenue at our NextGen Division, whose sales in this category grew to $108.9 million during the year ended
March 31, 2011 from $96.7 million during the same prior year period. This increase was driven by higher
sales of software to both new and existing clients, as well as increases in hardware and third-party software
and implementation and training services revenue.

44

The following table breaks down our reported system sales into software, hardware, third-party
software, supplies and implementation and training services components on a consolidated and divisional
basis for the years ended March 31, 2011 and 2010 (in thousands):

Software

Hardware, Third
Party Software
and Supplies

Implementation
and Training
Services

Total System
Sales

Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2011
QSI Dental Division . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 3,239
84,812
NextGen Division . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6,187
Inpatient Solutions Division . . . . . . . . .
473
Practice Solutions Division . . . . . . . . . .

Consolidated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $94,711

Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2010
QSI Dental Division . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 1,699
78,703
NextGen Division . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1,129
Inpatient Solutions Division . . . . . . . . .
1,877
Practice Solutions Division . . . . . . . . . .

Consolidated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $83,408

$ 2,190
8,979
612
22

$11,803

$ 1,409
4,931
13
—

$ 6,353

$ 1,066
15,097
1,482
370

$18,015

$

825
13,058
226
267

$14,376

$

6,495
108,888
8,281
865

$124,529

$

3,933
96,692
1,368
2,144

$104,137

NextGen Division software license revenue increased 7.8% in the year ended March 31, 2011 versus
the same period last year. The Division’s software revenue accounted for 77.9% of divisional system sales
revenue during the year ended March 31, 2011, compared to 81.4% during the same period a year ago.
The September 2010 announcement that NextGenehr became CCHIT» certified along with the finalization
of the Stage 1 Meaningful Use definition criteria under the ARRA in July 2010 positively impacted the growth
in software license revenue during the year ended March 31, 2011. Software license revenue continues to
be an area of primary emphasis for the NextGen Division.

During the year ended March 31, 2011, 8.2% of the NextGen Division’s system sales revenue was
represented by hardware and third-party software compared to 5.1% during same period a year ago. The
number of clients who purchase hardware and third-party software and the dollar amount of hardware and
third-party software revenue fluctuates each quarter depending on the needs of clients. The inclusion of
hardware and third-party software in the Division’s sales arrangements is typically at the request of our clients.

Implementation and training revenue related to system sales at the NextGen Division increased 15.6%
in the year ended March 31, 2011 compared to the prior year period. The amount of implementation and
training services revenue is dependent on several factors, including timing of client implementations, the
availability of qualified staff and the mix of services being rendered. The number of implementation and
training staff increased during the year ended March 31, 2011 versus the same prior year period in order to
accommodate the increased amount of implementation services sold in conjunction with increased software
sales. In order to achieve growth in this area, additional staffing increases and additional training facilities
are anticipated, though actual future increases in revenue and staff will depend upon the availability of
qualified staff, business mix and conditions and our ability to retain current staff members.

For the QSI Dental Division, total system sales increased $2.6 million, or 65.1%, to $6.5 million in the
year ended March 31, 2011 as compared to $3.9 million in the prior year period. Systems sales in the QSI
Dental Division were positively impacted by greater joint sales of dental and medical software to FQHCs. In
addition, the Division began selling the SaaS based NextDDSTM product during fiscal year 2010.

For the Practice Solutions Division, total system sales decreased by 59.7% in the year ended March 31,
2011 as compared to the prior year period. Systems sales revenue within the Practice Solutions Division is
composed of sales to existing RCM clients only and can fluctuate given the size of the current client base of the
Practice Solutions Division.

45

For the Inpatient Solutions Division, total systems sales increased $6.9 million because only two months
of revenue was recorded in the year ended March 31, 2010 for Opus, which was acquired in February
2010, as compared to a full year of revenue for the year ended March 31, 2011.

Maintenance, EDI, RCM and Other Services.

For the year ended March 31, 2011, Company-wide
revenue from maintenance, EDI, RCM and other services grew 21.9% to $228.8 million from $187.7 million
in the prior year period. The increase is primarily due to an increase in maintenance, EDI and other services
revenue from the NextGen Division and RCM revenue from the Practice Solutions Division.

Total NextGen Division maintenance revenue for the year ended March 31, 2011 grew 16.7% to
$93.9 million from $80.5 million for the same prior year period while NextGen Division EDI revenue grew
20.4% to $36.1 million compared to $30.0 million in the prior year period. Other services revenue for the
NextGen Division, which consists primarily of third-party annual software license renewals, follow-on
training hours and hosting services, increased 28.0% to $27.6 million in the year ended March 31,
2011 from $21.6 million in the same prior year period. QSI Dental Division maintenance, EDI and other
revenue for the year ended March 31, 2011 increased $0.3 million to $13.5 million compared to
$13.2 million for the same prior year period. For the year ended March 31, 2011, RCM revenue grew
$8.4 million to $45.1 million compared to $36.7 million in the prior year period primarily as a result of
increases in RCM revenue to new and existing clients.

The following table details maintenance, EDI, RCM and other services revenue by category on a

consolidated and divisional basis for the years ended March 31, 2011 and 2010 (in thousands):

Maintenance

EDI

RCM

Other

Total

Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2011
QSI Dental Division . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NextGen Division. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inpatient Solutions Division . . . . . . . .
Practice Solutions Division . . . . . . . . .

$ 7,329
93,890
8,642
158

$ 4,891
36,131
—
—

$

— $ 1,251
27,637
—
975
—
2,865
45,065

$ 13,471
157,658
9,617
48,088

Consolidated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$110,019

$41,022

$45,065

$32,728

$228,834

Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2010
QSI Dental Division . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NextGen Division. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inpatient Solutions Division . . . . . . . .
Practice Solutions Division . . . . . . . . .

$ 7,217
80,451
1,416
108

$ 5,038
29,997
—
—

$

— $
—
—
36,665

940
21,589
108
4,145

$ 13,195
132,037
1,524
40,918

Consolidated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 89,192

$35,035

$36,665

$26,782

$187,674

Maintenance revenue for the NextGen Division increased by $13.4 million for the year ended
March 31, 2011 as compared to the same prior year period. The growth in maintenance revenue is a
result of an $11.5 million increase in net additional licenses from new clients and existing clients and
approximately $1.9 million related to a recent price increase that became effective during the quarter ended
September 30, 2010.

The NextGen Division’s EDI revenue growth has come from new clients and from further penetration of
the Division’s existing client base while the growth in RCM revenue has come from new clients that have been
acquired from cross selling opportunities with the NextGen Division client base. We intend to continue to
promote maintenance, EDI and RCM services to both new and existing clients. Growth in other services
revenue is primarily due to increases in third-party annual software licenses, consulting services and hosting
services revenue.

For the Inpatient Solutions Division, maintenance revenue increased $7.2 million because only two
months of revenue was recorded in the year ended March 31, 2010 for Opus, which was acquired in
February 2010, as compared to a full year of revenue for the year ended March 31, 2011.

46

Cost of Revenue. Cost of revenue for the year ended March 31, 2011 increased 15.0% to $127.5 million
from $110.8 million in the prior year period and the cost of revenue as a percentage of revenue decreased to
36.1% from 38.0% due to the fact that the rate of growth in cost of revenue grew slower than the aggregate
revenue growth rate for the Company.

The following table details revenue and cost of revenue on a consolidated and divisional basis for the

years ended March 31, 2011 and 2010 (in thousands):

Fiscal Year Ended March 31,

2011

%

2010

%

QSI Dental Division

Revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 19,966
9,034
Cost of revenue. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

100.0% $ 17,128
7,788

45.2%

100.0%
45.5%

Gross profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 10,932

54.8% $

9,340

54.5%

NextGen Division

Revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $266,546
78,496
Cost of revenue. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

100.0% $228,730
73,122

29.4%

100.0%
32.0%

Gross profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $188,050

70.6% $155,608

68.0%

Inpatient Solutions Division

Revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 17,898
4,671
Cost of revenue. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

100.0% $
26.1%

2,891
412

100.0%
14.3%

Gross profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 13,227

73.9% $

2,479

85.7%

Practice Solutions Division

Revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 48,953
34,896
Cost of revenue. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

100.0% $ 43,062
29,485

71.3%

100.0%
68.5%

Gross profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 14,057

28.7% $ 13,577

31.5%

Unallocated cost of revenue(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
385
Consolidated Revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $353,363
127,482

Cost of revenue. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

N/A

—
$
100.0% $291,811
36.1% 110,807

N/A
100.0%
38.0%

Gross profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $225,881

63.9% $181,004

62.0%

(1) Relates to the amortization of software technology intangible assets acquired from the purchases of

NextGen IS and Opus.

Gross profit margins at the QSI Dental Division for the year ended March 31, 2011 increased slightly to
54.8% from 54.5% for the prior year period. Gross profit margins at the NextGen Division for year ended
March 31, 2011 increased to 70.6% compared to 68.0% for the prior year period due to strong software
sales and an increase in maintenance revenue, which yields higher margins than other services, along with
improvements in EDI margins. Gross margin in the Practice Solutions Division decreased to 28.7% for the
year ended March 31, 2011 as compared to 31.5%for the prior year period because of higher outsourcing
costs in connection with delivering RCM services in the year ended March 31, 2011 as compared to the
same period a year ago.

47

The following table details the individual components of cost of revenue and gross profit as a percentage
of total revenue on a consolidated and divisional basis for the years ended March 31, 2011 and 2010:

Hardware,
Third Party
Software

Payroll and
Related
Benefits

EDI

Other

Total Cost
of Revenue

Gross
Profit

Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2011
QSI Dental Division . . . . . . . . . . . .
NextGen Division . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inpatient Solutions Division . . . . . . .
Practice Solutions Division . . . . . . . .

Consolidated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2010
QSI Dental Division . . . . . . . . . . . .
NextGen Division . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inpatient Solutions Division . . . . . . .
Practice Solutions Division . . . . . . . .

Consolidated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8.7%
2.9%
5.4%
0.0%

3.0%

8.5%
2.5%
3.1%
0.5%

2.5%

17.7%
11.8%
16.7%
43.8%

16.8%

13.8%
13.4%
0.0%
43.6%

17.7%

11.6% 7.2%
8.1% 6.6%
0.0% 4.0%
0.5% 27.0%

45.2%
29.4%
26.1%
71.3%

54.8%
70.6%
73.9%
28.7%

6.9% 9.4%

36.1%

63.9%

16.0% 7.2%
9.6% 6.5%
0.0% 11.2%
1.1% 23.3%

45.5%
32.0%
14.3%
68.5%

54.5%
68.0%
85.7%
31.5%

8.7% 9.1%

38.0%

62.0%

During the year ended March 31, 2011, hardware and third-party software constituted a higher portion
of cost of revenue compared to the prior year period in the NextGen Division. The number of clients who
purchase hardware and third-party software and the dollar amount of hardware and third-party software
purchased fluctuates each quarter depending on the needs of our clients.

Our payroll and benefits expense associated with delivering our products and services decreased to
16.8% of consolidated revenue in the year ended March 31, 2011 compared to 17.7% during the same
period last year. The absolute level of consolidated payroll and benefit expenses grew from $51.8 million in
the year ended March 31, 2010 to $59.3 million in the year ended March 31, 2011, an increase of 14.7%,
or approximately $7.5 million. Of the $7.5 million increase, approximately $2.7 million of the increase is
related to the Practice Solutions Division because RCM is a service business, which inherently has higher
percentage of payroll costs as a percentage of revenue. Increases of $1.2 million in the QSI Dental Division
and $0.7 million in the NextGen Division for the year ended March 31, 2011 are primarily due to headcount
additions and increased headcount and payroll and benefits expense associated with delivering products
and services. For the Inpatient Solutions Division, payroll and benefits expense associated with delivering our
products and services increased $2.9 million because fiscal year 2010 included only two months of payroll
and benefits expenses for Opus, which was acquired in February 2010, as compared to a full year of
expenses for the year ended March 31, 2011. The amount of share-based compensation expense included
in cost of revenue was $0.3 million and $0.1 million for years ended March 31, 2011 and 2010,
respectively.

Other expense, which primarily consists of third-party annual license, hosting costs and outsourcing
costs, increased to 9.4% of total revenue during the year ended March 31, 2011 as compared to 9.1% for
the same period a year ago. Contributing to this increase was higher outsources costs in delivering RCM
services offset by better profit margins achieved in our hosting and annual licenses revenues that are included
in other services.

As a result of the foregoing events and activities, the gross profit percentage for the Company increased

to 63.9% for the year ended March 31, 2011 versus 62.0% for the prior year period.

We anticipate continued additions to headcount in all of our Divisions in areas related to delivering
products and services in future periods, but due to the uncertainties in the timing of our sales arrangements,
our sales mix, the acquisition and training of qualified personnel and other issues, we cannot accurately
predict if related headcount expense as a percentage of revenue will increase or decrease in the future.

48

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses for the
year ended March 31, 2011 increased 24.6% to $108.3 million as compared to $87.0 million for the prior
year period. The increase in these expenses resulted primarily from:

(cid:129) $18.7 million increase in salaries and related benefit expenses primarily as a result of headcount

additions;

(cid:129) $4.6 million increase due to a full year of selling and administrative expenses from Opus, which was

acquired in February 2010;

(cid:129) $3.2 million increase in sales commissions primarily related to the NextGen Division;

(cid:129) $1.4 million increase primarily due to fair value adjustments to the contingent consideration liability

related to the acquisitions of Opus and NextGen IS; offset by

(cid:129) $1.6 million decrease in legal and outside services expenses;

(cid:129) $2.1 million net decrease in advertising, tradeshows and travel related expenses; and

(cid:129) $2.8 million net decrease in other selling and administrative expenses.

Share-based compensation expense was approximately $3.3 million and $1.9 million for the years
ended March 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and is included in the aforementioned amounts. Selling,
general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue increased from 29.8% in the year ended
March 31, 2010 to 30.7% in the year ended March 31, 2011.

We do not anticipate significant increases in expenditures for trade shows, advertising and the
employment of additional sales and administrative staff at the NextGen Division until additional revenue
growth is achieved. We anticipate future increases in corporate expenditures being made in a wide range of
areas including professional services and investment in a companywide enterprise resource planning (“ERP”)
system. While we expect selling, general and administrative expenses to increase on an absolute basis, we
cannot accurately predict
these additional expenditures will have on selling, general and
administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue.

the impact

Research and Development Costs. Research and development costs for the years ended March 31,
2011 and 2010 were $21.8 million and $16.5 million, respectively. The increases in research and
development expenses were due in part to increased investment in the NextGen Division product line.
The Opus acquisition added $1.4 million in research and development expenses during the year ended
March 31, 2011. Additions to capitalized software costs offset increases in research and development costs.
For the year ended March 31, 2011, our additions to capitalized software increased to $10.7 million
compared to $7.9 million capitalized during the same prior year period as we continue to enhance our
software to meet the Meaningful Use definitions under the ARRA. Research and development costs as a
percentage of revenue increased to 6.2% in the year ended March 31, 2011 from 5.7% for the same prior
year period. Research and development expenses are expected to continue at or above current dollar levels
as the Company is developing a new integrated inpatient and outpatient, web-based software platform.
Share-based compensation expense included in research and development costs, net of amounts capitalized
as software development, was $0.2 million and $0.1 million for years ended March 31, 2011 and 2010,
respectively.

Amortization of Acquired Intangible Assets. Amortization in operating expense related to acquired
intangible assets for the years ended March 31, 2011 and 2010 were $1.7 million and $1.8 million,
respectively.

Interest and Other Income.

Total interest and other income for the years ended March 31, 2011 and
2010 were $0.3 million and $0.5 million, respectively. Interest and other income consist primarily of
dividends and interest earned on our investments.

Our investment policy is determined by our Board of Directors. We currently maintain our cash in very
liquid short term assets including tax exempt and taxable money market funds and short-term U.S. Treasury

49

securities with maturities of 90 days or less at the time of purchase. Our Board of Directors continues to review
alternate uses for our cash including, but not limited to, payment of a special dividend, initiation of a stock
buyback program, an expansion of our investment policy to include investments with longer maturities of
greater than 90 days, and other items. Additionally, it is possible that we will utilize some or all of our cash to
fund acquisitions or other similar business activities. Any or all of these programs could significantly impact
our investment income in future periods.

Provision for Income Taxes.

The provision for income taxes for the years ended March 31, 2011 and
2010 were $32.8 million and $27.8 million, respectively. The effective tax rates were 34.8% and 36.5% for
the years ended March 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The effective rate for the year ended March 31,
2011 decreased as compared to the prior year period primarily due to increased benefits from the qualified
production activities deduction and research and development credits and fluctuations in the state effective
tax rate.

During the year ended March 31, 2011 and 2010, we recognized research and development tax
credits of approximately $1.0 million and $0.7 million, respectively. The Company also claimed the
qualified production activities deduction under Section 199 of the Internal Revenue Code (“IRC”) of
approximately $8.1 million and $4.1 million during the years ended March 31, 2011 and 2010, respec-
tively. Research and development credits and the qualified production activities income deduction calculated
by us involve certain assumptions and judgments regarding qualification of expenses under the relevant tax
code provision.

Comparison of the Fiscal Years Ended March 31, 2010 and March 31, 2009

Prior to fiscal year 2010, the Company had no material operations in the inpatient solutions area. For
the purposes of the comparison of the fiscal years ended March 31, 2010 and March 31, 2009 in this
MD&A, the segment results in the tables and comparative analysis therein for the year ended March 31,
2010 are not re-casted to reflect the change in reportable segments established during fiscal year 2011.
Refer to the comparison of fiscal years ended March 31, 2011 and March 31, 2010 in this MD&A for re-
casted reportable segment results for the year ended March 31, 2010.

Net Income.

The Company’s net income for the year ended March 31, 2010 was $48.4 million or
$1.69 per share on a basic and $1.68 per share on a fully diluted basis. In comparison, we earned
$46.1 million or $1.65 per share on a basic and $1.62 per share on a fully diluted basis for the year ended
March 31, 2009. The increase in net income for the year ended March 31, 2010 was primarily attributed to
the following:

(cid:129) an 18.9% increase in consolidated revenue, including an increase of $27.7 million in revenue from
our NextGen Division and an increase of $17.4 million in revenue from our Practice Solutions
Division;

(cid:129) a 13.6% increase in NextGen Division revenue, which accounted for 79.4% of consolidated

revenue;

(cid:129) an increase of recurring revenue, including RCM, maintenance and EDI revenue, offset by a decline in
our gross profit margin due primarily to both a shift in revenue mix with increased RCM revenue and
lower gross margins related to RCM revenue;

(cid:129) an increase in selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue related to

higher selling and corporate expenses; and

(cid:129) a decrease in interest income primarily due significantly lower interest rates, as compared to the prior

year, on money market accounts in which we invest a majority of our cash.

Revenue. Revenue for the year ended March 31, 2010 increased 18.9% to $291.8 million from
$245.5 million for the year ended March 31, 2009. NextGen Division revenue increased 13.6% to
$231.6 million from $204.0 million in the year ended March 31, 2009 while QSI Dental Division revenue
increased 8.1% during that same period to $17.1 million from $15.9 million and Practice Solutions Division

50

revenue increased 67.5% during that same period to $43.1 million from $25.7 million. Practice Solutions
Division revenue was impacted positively in fiscal year 2010 as a result of including a full year of results
versus approximately ten and five months of results for HSI and PMP, respectively, in fiscal year 2009.

System Sales. Revenue earned from Company-wide sales of systems for the year ended March 31,

2010 increased 5.4% to $104.1 million from $98.8 million in the prior year period.

Our increase in revenue from sales of systems was principally the result of a 5.1% increase in category
revenue at our NextGen Division, whose sales in this category grew to $98.1 million during the year ended
March 31, 2010 from $93.3 million during the same prior year period. This increase was driven by higher
sales of ambulatory practice management and health records software to both new and existing clients, as
well as increases in revenue related to implementation and training services.

The following table breaks down our reported system sales into software, hardware, third-party
software, supplies and implementation and training services components on a consolidated and divisional
basis for the years ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 (in thousands):

Software

Hardware, Third
Party Software
and Supplies

Implementation
and Training
Services

Total
System
Sales

Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2010
QSI Dental Division . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 1,699
79,832
NextGen Division . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1,877
Practice Solutions Division . . . . . . . . . . .

Consolidated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $83,408

Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2009
QSI Dental Division . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
NextGen Division . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Practice Solutions Division . . . . . . . . . . .

915
74,128
2,397

Consolidated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $77,440

$1,409
4,944
—

$6,353

$1,171
6,775
—

$7,946

$

825
13,284
267

$ 3,933
98,060
2,144

$14,376

$104,137

$

938
12,437
—

$ 3,024
93,340
2,397

$13,375

$ 98,761

NextGen Division software license revenue increased 7.7% in the year ended March 31, 2010 versus
the same period last year. The Division’s software revenue accounted for 81.4% of divisional system sales
revenue during the year ended March 31, 2010, compared to 79.4% during the same period a year ago.
Software license revenue continues to be an area of primary emphasis for the NextGen Division. The Opus
acquisition, which closed in February 2010, contributed approximately $0.9 million to the NextGen
Division’s software license revenue during the year ended March 31, 2010.

During the year ended March 31, 2010, 5.0% of the NextGen Division’s system sales revenue was
represented by hardware and third-party software compared to 7.3% during same period a year ago. The
number of clients who purchase hardware and third-party software and the dollar amount of hardware and
third-party software revenue fluctuates each quarter depending on the needs of clients. The inclusion of
hardware and third-party software in the Division’s sales arrangements is typically at the request of our clients.

Implementation and training revenue related to system sales at the NextGen Division increased 6.8% in
the year ended March 31, 2010 compared to the prior year period. The amount of implementation and
training services revenue is dependent on several factors, including timing of client implementations, the
availability of qualified staff and the mix of services being rendered. The number of implementation and
training staff increased during the year ended March 31, 2010 versus the same prior year period in order to
accommodate the increased amount of implementation services sold in conjunction with increased software
sales. In order to achieve growth in this area, additional staffing increases and additional training facilities
are anticipated, though actual future increases in revenue and staff will depend upon the availability of
qualified staff, business mix and conditions and our ability to retain current staff members.

51

For the QSI Dental Division, total system sales increased $0.9 million, or 30.1%, to $3.9 million in the
year ended March 31, 2010 as compared to $3.0 million in the prior year period. Systems sales in the QSI
Dental Division were positively impacted by greater joint sales of dental and medical software to FQHCs. In
addition, the Division began selling the SaaS based NextDDSTM product during the year ended March 31,
2010.

For the Practice Solutions Division, total system sales decreased $0.3 million, or 10.6%, to $2.1 million
in the year ended March 31, 2010 as compared to $2.4 million in the prior year period. Systems sales
revenue within the Practice Solutions Division is composed of sales to existing RCM clients only and can
fluctuate given the size of the current client base of the Practice Solutions Division.

Maintenance, EDI, RCM and Other Services.

For the year ended March 31, 2010, Company-wide
revenue from maintenance, EDI, RCM and other services grew 27.9% to $187.7 million from $146.8 million
in the prior year period. The increase is primarily due to an increase in maintenance, EDI and other services
revenue from the NextGen Division and RCM revenue from the Practice Solutions Division. Total NextGen
Division maintenance revenue for the year ended March 31, 2010 grew 24.9% to $81.9 million from
$65.6 million for the same prior year period while NextGen Division EDI revenue grew 21.2% to
$30.0 million compared to $24.8 million in the prior year period. Other services revenue for the NextGen
Division, which consists primarily of third-party annual software license renewals, follow-on training hours,
consulting services and hosting services, increased 6.9% to $21.7 million in the year ended March 31, 2010
from $20.3 million in the same prior year period. For the year ended March 31, 2010, RCM revenue grew
$15.3 million to $36.7 million compared to $21.4 million in the prior year period. QSI Dental Division
maintenance, EDI and other revenue increased 2.9% to $13.2 million in the year ended March 31, 2010 as
compared to $12.8 million in the prior year period.

The following table details maintenance, EDI, RCM and other services revenue by category on a

consolidated and divisional basis for the years ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 (in thousands):

Maintenance

EDI

RCM

Other

Total

Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2010
QSI Dental Division . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NextGen Division. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Practice Solutions Division . . . . . . . . .

$ 7,217
81,867
108

$ 5,038
29,997
—

$

— $
—
36,665

940
21,697
4,145

$ 13,195
133,561
40,918

Consolidated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$89,192

$35,035

$36,665

$26,782

$187,674

Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2009
QSI Dental Division . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NextGen Division. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Practice Solutions Division . . . . . . . . .

$ 7,167
65,559
136

$ 4,766
24,756
—

$

— $
—
21,431

894
20,299
1,746

$ 12,827
110,614
23,313

Consolidated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$72,862

$29,522

$21,431

$22,939

$146,754

Maintenance revenue for the NextGen Division increased by $16.3 million for the year ended
March 31, 2010 as compared to the same prior year period. The growth in maintenance revenue is a
result of a $15.1 million increase in net additional licenses from new clients and existing clients and
$1.2 million in maintenance revenue related to the Opus acquisition.

The NextGen Division’s EDI revenue growth has come from new clients and from further penetration of
the Division’s existing client base while the growth in RCM revenue has come from new clients that have been
acquired from cross selling opportunities with the NextGen Division client base. We intend to continue to
promote maintenance, EDI and RCM services to both new and existing clients. Growth in other services
revenue is primarily due to increases in third-party annual software licenses, consulting services and hosting
services revenue.

Cost of Revenue. Cost of revenue for the year ended March 31, 2010 increased 24.7% to $110.8 million
from $88.9 million in the prior year period and the cost of revenue as a percentage of revenue increased to

52

38.0% from 36.2% due to the fact that the rate of growth in cost of revenue grew faster than the aggregate
revenue growth rate for the Company.

The following table details revenue and cost of revenue on a consolidated and divisional basis for the

years ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 (in thousands):

Fiscal Year Ended March 31,

2010

%

2009

%

QSI Dental Division

Revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 17,128
7,788
Cost of revenue. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

100.0% $ 15,851
7,582

45.5%

100.0%
47.8%

Gross profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 9,340

54.5% $

8,269

52.2%

NextGen Division

Revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $231,621
73,534
Cost of revenue. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

100.0% $203,954
65,311

31.7%

100.0%
32.0%

Gross profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $158,087

68.3% $138,643

68.0%

Practice Solutions Division

Revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 43,062
29,485
Cost of revenue. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

100.0% $ 25,710
15,997

68.5%

100.0%
62.2%

Gross profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 13,577

31.5% $

9,713

37.8%

Consolidated

Revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $291,811
110,807
Cost of revenue. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

100.0% $245,515
88,890

38.0%

100.0%
36.2%

Gross profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $181,004

62.0% $156,625

63.8%

Gross profit margins at the QSI Dental Division for the year ended March 31, 2010 increased to 54.5%
from 52.2% for the prior year period primarily as a result of lower payroll and related benefits in system sales
during the year ended March 31, 2010 as compared to the same period a year ago. Gross profit margins at
the NextGen Division for year ended March 31, 2010 increased slightly to 68.3% from 68.0% for the prior
year period primarily as a result of a lower amount of hardware revenue. Gross margin in the Practice
Solutions Division declined as a result of a smaller proportion of software revenue included in revenue versus
the prior year as well as costs related to transitioning to the NextGen platform and other ramp-up costs.

53

The following table details the individual components of cost of revenue and gross profit as a percentage
of total revenue on a consolidated and divisional basis for the years ended March 31, 2010 and 2009:

Hardware,
Third Party
Software

Payroll and
Related
Benefits

EDI

Other

Total
Cost
of Revenue

Gross
Profit

Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2010
QSI Dental Division . . . . . . . . . . . .
NextGen Division . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Practice Solutions Division . . . . . . . .

Consolidated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2009
QSI Dental Division . . . . . . . . . . . .
NextGen Division . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Practice Solutions Division . . . . . . . .

Consolidated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8.5%
2.5%
0.5%

2.5%

7.6%
3.9%
0.2%

3.7%

13.8%
13.4%
43.6%

17.7%

19.8%
11.0%
45.0%

15.1%

16.0% 7.2%
9.6% 6.2%
1.1% 23.3%

45.5%
31.7%
68.5%

54.5%
68.3%
31.5%

8.7% 9.1%

38.0%

62.0%

17.1% 3.3%
9.1% 8.0%
0.0% 17.0%

47.8%
32.0%
62.2%

52.2%
68.0%
37.8%

8.4% 9.0%

36.2%

63.8%

The increase in our consolidated cost of revenue as a percentage of revenue between the year ended
March 31, 2010 and the prior year period is primarily attributable to an increase in RCM revenue, which
carries higher payroll and related benefits as a percentage of revenue and higher consolidated EDI costs,
offset by a decrease in hardware and third party software as a percentage of revenue. Other expense, which
primarily consists of third-party annual license and hosting costs, increased slightly to 9.1% of total revenue
during the year ended March 31, 2010 as compared to 9.0% for the same period a year ago.

During the year ended March 31, 2010, hardware and third-party software constituted a smaller
portion of cost of revenue compared to the prior year period in the NextGen Division. The number of clients
who purchase hardware and third-party software and the dollar amount of hardware and third-party software
purchased fluctuates each quarter depending on the needs of our clients.

Our payroll and benefits expense associated with delivering our products and services increased to
17.7% of consolidated revenue in the year ended March 31, 2010 compared to 15.1% during the same
period last year primarily due to inclusion of a full year of HSI and PMP transactions in fiscal year 2010 versus
a partial period in fiscal year 2009. RCM is a service business, which inherently has higher percentage of
payroll costs as a percentage of revenue.

The absolute level of consolidated payroll and benefit expenses grew from $37.1 million in the year
ended March 31, 2009 to $51.8 million in the year ended March 31, 2010, an increase of 39.4% or
approximately $14.6 million. Of the $14.6 million increase, approximately $7.2 million of the increase is
related to the Practice Solutions Division, which included a full year of HSI and PMP expenses during fiscal
year 2010 versus approximately ten and five months of respective expense in fiscal year 2009. For the
NextGen Division, a decrease of approximately $8.2 million was related to decreased headcount and
payroll and benefits expense associated with delivering products and services. Payroll and benefits expense
associated with delivering products and services in the QSI Dental Division decreased $0.7 million from
$3.1 million in the year ended March 31, 2009 to $2.4 million in the year ended March 31, 2010 primarily
due to headcount additions. The amount of share-based compensation expense included in cost of revenue
was $0.1 million and $0.2 million for years ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

As a result of the foregoing events and activities, the gross profit percentage for the Company decreased

to 62.0% for the year ended March 31, 2010 versus 63.8% for the prior year period.

54

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses for the
year ended March 31, 2010 increased 25.3% to $87.0 million as compared to $69.4 million for the prior
year period. The increase in these expenses resulted primarily from:

(cid:129) $9.9 million increase in salaries and related expenses in the NextGen Division primarily as a result of

headcount additions;

(cid:129) $2.5 million increase in marketing and trade shows in the NextGen Division;

(cid:129) $1.5 million increase from the acquisition of NextGen IS and Opus;

(cid:129) $3.3 million increase in corporate related expenses, primarily as a result of headcount additions and

(cid:129) $0.4 million increase in other selling and administrative expenses.

Share-based compensation expense was approximately $1.9 million and $1.5 million for the years
ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, and is included in the aforementioned amounts. Selling,
general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue increased from 28.3% in the year ended
March 31, 2009 to 29.8% in the year ended March 31, 2010.

Research and Development Costs. Research and development costs for the years ended March 31,
2010 and 2009 were $16.5 million and $13.8 million, respectively. The increases in research and
development expenses were due in part to increased investment in the NextGen Division product line.
Additions to capitalized software costs offset increases in research and development costs. For the year
ended March 31, 2010, our additions to capitalized software increased to $7.9 million compared to
$5.9 million capitalized during the same prior year period. Research and development costs as a percentage
of revenue increased to 5.7% in the year ended March 31, 2010 from 5.6% for the same prior year period.
Share-based compensation expense included in research and development costs, net of amounts capitalized
as software development, was $0.1 million and $0.2 million for years ended March 31, 2010 and 2009,
respectively.

Amortization of Acquired Intangible Assets. Amortization in operating expense related to acquired
intangible assets for the years ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 were $1.8 million and $1.0 million,
respectively. The increase in amortization expense is primarily due to the addition of customer relationships
and software technology intangible assets, which were acquired through the acquisitions of Opus and
NextGen IS during fiscal year 2010.

Interest Income.

Interest income for the year ended March 31, 2010 decreased to $0.2 million
compared to $1.2 million in the prior year period primarily due to significantly lower interest rates received
on the Company’s cash investments, which are primarily in institutional money market accounts. Short term
interest rates were at historic lows for most of the year ended March 31, 2010.

Other Income (Expense). Other income (expense) for the year ended March 31, 2010 consists of
gains and losses in fair value recorded on our auction rate securities (“ARS”) investments as well as on our
ARS put option rights. We recorded an overall gain on our ARS and ARS put option rights of approximately
$0.3 million.

Provision for Income Taxes.

The provision for income taxes for the years ended March 31, 2010 and
2009 were $27.8 million and $27.2 million, respectively. The effective tax rates were 36.5% and 37.1% for
the years ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The provision for income taxes for the years ended
March 31, 2010 and 2009 differs from the combined statutory rates primarily due to the impact of varying
state income tax rates, research and development tax credits, the qualified production activities deduction
and exclusions for Company-owned life insurance proceeds and tax-exempt interest income. The change in
the effective rate for the year ended March 31, 2010 includes an increase in the benefit from the qualified
production activities deduction and a decrease in the state income tax expense.

During the year ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, we recognized research and development tax
credits of approximately $0.7 million and $1.0 million, respectively. The Company also claimed the
qualified production activities deduction under Section 199 of the IRC of approximately $4.1 million

55

and $2.7 million during the years ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Research and devel-
opment credits and the qualified production activities income deduction calculated by us involve certain
assumptions and judgments regarding qualification of expenses under the relevant tax code provision.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The following table presents selected financial statistics and information for the years ended March 31,

2011, 2010 and 2009 (dollar amounts in thousands):

Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
2010

2011

2009

Cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $116,617
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . $ 32,006
Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 61,606
Net cash provided by operating activities . . . . . . . . . . . $ 70,064
131
Number of days of sales outstanding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$84,611
$14,431
$48,379
$55,220
125

$70,180
$11,134
$46,119
$48,712
125

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

Cash provided by operations has historically been our primary source of cash and has primarily been
driven by our net income plus adjustments to add back non-cash expenses, including depreciation, amor-
tization of intangibles and capitalized software costs, provisions for bad debts and inventory obsolescence,
share-based compensation and deferred taxes.

The following table summarizes our consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended March 31,

2011, 2010 and 2009 (in thousands):

Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
2010

2009

2011

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 61,606
17,978
Non-cash expenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13,211
Change in deferred revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(36,094)
Change in accounts receivable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13,363
Change in other assets and liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 48,379
16,152
12,528
(18,944)
(2,895)

$ 46,119
17,720
3,130
(11,369)
(6,888)

Net cash provided by operating activities . . . . . . . . . . . $ 70,064

$ 55,220

$ 48,712

Net Income. As referenced in the above table, net income makes up the majority of our cash generated
from operations for the years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009. The NextGen Division’s contribution
to net income has increased each year due to that Division’s operating income increasing more quickly than
our Company as a whole.

Non-Cash Expenses. Non-cash expenses include depreciation, amortization of intangibles and cap-
italized software costs, provisions for bad debts, share-based compensation and deferred taxes. Total non-
cash expenses were $18.0 million, $16.2 million and $17.7 million for the years ended March 31, 2011,
2010 and 2009, respectively.

The $1.8 million increase in non-cash expenses for the year ended March 31, 2011 as compared to the
prior year period is primarily related to increases of approximately $0.6 million in depreciation, $1.2 million
of amortization of capitalized software costs, $1.5 million of amortization of other intangibles, $0.3 million
in bad debt expense and $1.7 million in share-based compensation, offset by a $3.4 million decrease in
deferred income tax benefit.

The $1.5 million decrease in non-cash expenses for the year ended March 31, 2010 as compared to the
year ended March 31, 2009 is primarily related to decreases of approximately $5.2 million in deferred
income tax benefit and $0.1 million in loss on the disposal of equipment and improvements, offset by

56

increases of approximately $0.8 million in depreciation, $0.8 million of amortization of capitalized software
costs, $0.7 million of amortization of other intangibles, $1.4 million in bad debt expense and $0.1 million in
share-based compensation.

Deferred Revenue. Cash from operations benefited from increases in deferred revenue primarily due to
an increase in the volume of implementation and maintenance services invoiced by the NextGen Division
which had not yet been rendered or recognized as revenue. Deferred revenue increased by approximately
$13.2 million for the year ended March 31, 2011 versus an increase of $12.5 million and $3.1 million in the
years ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, resulting in increases to cash from operations as
compared to the prior year periods.

Accounts Receivable. Accounts receivable grew by approximately $36.1 million, $18.9 million and
$11.4 million for the years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The increase in accounts
receivable is due to the following factors:

(cid:129) NextGen Division revenue grew 16.5%, 12.2% and 19.6% for the years ended March 31, 2011,

2010 and 2009, respectively;

(cid:129) Inpatient Division revenue grew to $17.9 million for the year ended March 31, 2011 as compared to
$2.9 million for the prior year period primarily because only two months of revenue was recorded in
the year ended March 31, 2010 for Opus, which was acquired in February 2010, as compared to a
full year of revenue for the year ended March 31, 2011;

(cid:129) Turnover of accounts receivable is generally slower in the NextGen Division due to the fact that the
systems sales related revenue have longer payment terms, generally up to one year, which historically
have accounted for a major portion of NextGen Division sales; and

(cid:129) We experienced an increase in the volume of undelivered services billed in advance by the NextGen
Division, which were unpaid as of the end of each period and included in accounts receivable. This
resulted in an increase in both deferred revenue and accounts receivable of approximately
$16.6 million, $9.5 million and $1.2 million for the years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and
2009, respectively.

The turnover of accounts receivable measured in terms of days sales outstanding (“DSO”) increased from
125 days to 131 days during the year ended March 31, 2011 as compared the prior year period. The
increase in DSO is primarily due to the factors mentioned.

If amounts included in both accounts receivable and deferred revenue were netted, the turnover of
accounts receivable expressed as DSO would be 79 days as of March 31, 2011 and 2010. Provided
turnover of accounts receivable, deferred revenue and profitability remain consistent with the 2011 fiscal
year, we anticipate being able to continue generating cash from operations during fiscal year 2012 primarily
from our net income.

Other Assets and Liabilities. Cash from operations benefited from increases in other liabilities and
decreases in other assets. For the year ended March 31, 2011, the $13.4 million change in other assets and
liabilities consists of a total increase in other liabilities of $14.9 million, offset by a decrease in other assets of
$1.5 million. The $14.9 million increase in other liabilities consisted of a $1.1 million increase in contingent
consideration related to the Opus and NextGen IS acquisitions, $3.3 million increase in accounts payable
and $10.5 million increase in all other liabilities.

For the year ended March 31, 2010, the $2.9 million change in other assets and liabilities consisted of a
total decrease in other liabilities of $3.3 million, offset by an increase in other assets of $0.4 million and for
the year ended March 31, 2009, the $6.9 million change in other assets and liabilities consisted of a total
decrease in other assets of $7.2 million, offset by an increase in other liabilities of $0.3 million.

57

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities for the years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was
$10.6 million, $13.9 million and $19.4 million, respectively. The decrease of net cash used in investing
activities during the year ended March 31, 2011 as compared to the prior year period is primarily due to
proceeds of $7.7 million received from the sale of our ARS investments, which was offset by net cash used of
$1.1 million for the purchase of marketable securities and $17.2 million for net additions of equipment and
improvements and capitalized software.

During the year ended March 31, 2010, $12.9 million of cash was used for net additions of equipment
and improvements and capitalized software $3.0 million was paid for contingent consideration related to the
acquisition of PMP and $0.6 million was paid for the acquisition of Opus and NextGen IS. Net cash used for
the year ended March 31, 2010 was offset by $2.0 million cash acquired from the purchase of Opus and
$0.4 million proceeds from the sale of marketable securities.

During the year ended March 31, 2009, $25.2 million was paid for the acquisitions of HSI and PMP
and $9.1 million of cash was used for net additions of equipment and improvements and capitalized
software, offset by $14.8 million proceeds from the sale of marketable securities.

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

Net cash used in financing activities for the nine years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was
$27.5 million, $26.8 million and $18.1 million, respectively. During the year ended March 31, 2011, we
received proceeds of $5.7 million from the exercise of stock options and paid $34.7 million in dividends to
shareholders compared to proceeds of $5.9 million from the exercise of stock options and payment of
$34.3 million in dividends to shareholders during the year ended March 31, 2010 and proceeds of
$12.5 million from the exercise of stock options, payment of $30.8 million in dividends to shareholders, and
$3.3 million in loan repayments during the year ended March 31, 2009.

We recorded a reduction in our tax benefit from share-based compensation of $1.5 million, $1.6 million
and $3.4 million during the years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, related to excess
tax deductions received from stock option exercises. The benefit was recorded as additional paid in capital.

Cash and Cash Equivalents and Marketable Securities

At March 31, 2011, we had cash and cash equivalents of $116.6 million. We intend to expend some of
these funds for the development of products complementary to our existing product line as well as new
versions of certain of our products. These developments are intended to take advantage of more powerful
technologies and to increase the integration of our products. We also intend to expend some of these funds
related to the implementation of a company-wide enterprise resource planning (“ERP”) system. We believe
the ERP will greatly enhance and streamline our operational processes and provide a common technology
platform to support future growth opportunities. We anticipate capital expenditures will increase in fiscal year
2012 and will be funded from cash on hand and cash flows from operations.

In January 2007, our Board of Directors adopted a policy whereby we intend to pay a regular quarterly
dividend of $0.25 per share on our outstanding common stock, subject to further Board review and approval
and establishment of record and distribution dates by our Board of Directors prior to the declaration of each
such quarterly dividend. Our Board of Directors increased the quarterly dividend to $0.30 per share in
August 2008 and to $0.35 per share in January 2011. We anticipate that future quarterly dividends, if and
when declared by our Board of Directors pursuant to this policy, would likely be distributable on or about the
fifth day of each of the months of October, January, April and July.

On May 25, 2011, the Board of Directors approved a quarterly cash dividend of $0.35 per share on the
Company’s outstanding shares of common stock, payable to shareholders of record as of June 17, 2011 with
an expected distribution date on or about July 5, 2011.

58

Our Board of Directors declared the following dividends during the periods presented:

Declaration Date

Record Date

Payment Date

May 26, 2010. . . . . . . . . .
July 28, 2010 . . . . . . . . . . September 17, 2010
October 25, 2010 . . . . . . . December 17, 2010
January 26, 2011 . . . . . . . March 17, 2011

June 17, 2010

Fiscal year 2011. . . . . . .

May 27, 2009. . . . . . . . . .
July 23, 2009 . . . . . . . . . . September 25, 2009
October 28, 2009 . . . . . . . December 23, 2009
January 27, 2010 . . . . . . . March 23, 2010

June 12, 2009

Fiscal year 2010. . . . . . .

May 29, 2008. . . . . . . . . .
August 4, 2008 . . . . . . . . . September 15, 2008
October 30, 2008 . . . . . . . December 15, 2008
January 28, 2009 . . . . . . . March 11, 2009

June 15, 2008

Fiscal year 2009. . . . . . .

July 6, 2010
October 5, 2010
January 5, 2011
April 5, 2011

July 6, 2009
October 5, 2009
January 5, 2010
April 5, 2010

July 2, 2008
October 1, 2008
January 5, 2009
April 3, 2009

Per Share
Dividend

$0.30
0.30
0.30
0.35

$1.25

$0.30
0.30
0.30
0.30

$1.20

$0.25
0.30
0.30
0.30

$1.15

Management believes that its cash and cash equivalents on hand at March 31, 2011, together with its
marketable securities and cash flows from operations, if any, will be sufficient to meet its working capital and
capital expenditure requirements as well as any dividends to be paid in the ordinary course of business for the
remainder of fiscal year 2012.

Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes our significant contractual obligations, all of which relate to operating
leases, at March 31, 2011 and the effect that such obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash
in future periods:

Year Ended March 31,

2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 5,137
5,475
2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5,424
2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5,008
2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5,697
2016 and beyond. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$26,741

New Accounting Pronouncements

Refer to Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” of our notes to consolidated financial

statements included elsewhere in this Report for a discussion of new accounting standards.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISKS

We currently maintain our cash in very liquid short term assets including tax exempt and taxable money
market funds and short-term U.S. Treasury securities with maturities of 90 days or less at the time of purchase.

59

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Our consolidated financial statements identified in the Index to Financial Statements appearing under
“Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules” of this Report are incorporated herein by reference to
Item 15.

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING

AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer (our principal executive officer and principal
financial officer, respectively) have concluded, based on their evaluation as of March 31, 2011, that the
design and operation of our “disclosure controls and procedures” (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) and
15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) are effective to provide reasonable assurance that
information required to be disclosed by us in the reports filed or submitted by us under the Security Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods
specified in the Commission’s rules and forms, including to ensure that information required to be disclosed
by us in the reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our
management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow
timely decisions regarding whether or not disclosure is required.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over
financial reporting as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Internal control over financial
reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision and with the participation of our management,
including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, to provide reasonable assurance
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external
purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

Our internal control over financial reporting is supported by written policies and procedures, that:

(1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the

transactions and dispositions of our assets;

(2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit prepa-
ration of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that
receipts and expenditures of our company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our
management and directors; and

(3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized
acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect
misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risks that
controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or that the degree of compliance with the
policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management of the Company has assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over
financial reporting as of March 31, 2011 in making our assessment of internal control over financial
reporting, management used the criteria set forth in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on our evaluation, our

60

management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of March 31,
2011.

The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2011 has
been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in
their report which appears herein.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

During the quarter ended March 31, 2011, there were no changes in our “internal control over financial
reporting” (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that have materially affected, or are
reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None.

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information required by Item 10 is incorporated herein by reference from our definitive proxy

statement for our 2011 Annual Shareholders’ Meeting to be filed with the Commission.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by Item 11 is incorporated herein by reference from our definitive proxy

statement for our 2011 Annual Shareholders’ Meeting to be filed with the Commission.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The information required by Item 12 is incorporated herein by reference from our definitive proxy

statement for our 2011 Annual Shareholders’ Meeting to be filed with the Commission.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR

INDEPENDENCE

The information required by Item 13 is incorporated herein by reference from our definitive proxy

statement for our 2011 Annual Shareholders’ Meeting to be filed with the Commission.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by Item 14 is incorporated herein by reference from our definitive proxy

statement for our 2011 Annual Shareholders’ Meeting to be filed with the Commission.

61

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

PART IV

(1) Index to Financial Statements:

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2011 and 2010. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Consolidated Statements of Income — Years Ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 . . . . . .
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity — Years Ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and

Page

69
71
72

2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows — Years Ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 . . .
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(2) The following supplementary financial statement schedule of Quality Systems, Inc., required to
be included in Item 15(a)(2) on Form 10-K is filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K
(this “Report”).
Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Schedules other than that listed above have been omitted since they are either not required,

73
74
76

not applicable, or because the information required is included in the Consolidated Financial
Statements or the notes thereto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(3) The exhibits listed in the Index to Exhibits hereof are attached hereto or incorporated herein

by reference and filed as a part of this Report.
Index to Exhibits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

62

Exhibit
Number

3.1

3.2

3.3

3.4

3.5

10.1*

10.2*

10.3*

10.4*

10.5*

10.6*

10.7*

10.8*

10.9*

10.10

10.11

10.12

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

Description

Restated Articles of Incorporation of Quality Systems, Inc. filed with the Secretary of State of
California on September 8, 1989, are hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the
registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-00161)
filed
January 11, 1996.
Certificate of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation of Quality Systems, Inc. filed with the
Secretary of State of California effective March 4, 2005, is hereby incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 3.1.1 of the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
ended March 31, 2005.
Certificate of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation of Quality Systems, Inc. filed with the
Secretary of State of California effective October 6, 2005 is hereby incorporated by
the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed
reference to Exhibit 3.01 of
October 11, 2005.
Certificate of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation of Quality Systems, Inc. filed with the
Secretary of State of California effective March 3, 2006 is hereby incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 3.1 of the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 6, 2006.
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Quality Systems, Inc., effective October 30, 2008, are
hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the registrant’s Current Report on
Form 8-K filed October 31, 2008.
Amended and Restated 1998 Stock Option Plan is hereby incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.10.1 of the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
March 31, 2005.
Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement for Amended and Restated 1998 Stock Option
Plan is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant’s Quarterly Report
on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004.
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for Amended and Restated 1998 Stock
Option Plan is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the registrant’s Quarterly
Report on Form 10Q for the quarter ended September 20, 2004.
2005 Stock Option and Incentive Plan is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.01 to the
registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed October 5, 2005.
Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement for 2005 Stock Incentive Plan is incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 5,
2007.
Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement for 2005 Stock Incentive Plan is incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 5, 2007.
1993 Deferred Compensation Plan is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to
the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for the year ended March 31, 1994.
1998 Employee Stock Contribution Plan is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1
to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-63131).
Form of Second Amended and Restated Indemnification Agreement for directors and
executive officers is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the registrant’s
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 2, 2010.
Lease Agreement between Company and Tower Place, L.P. dated November 15, 2000,
commencing February 5, 2001 is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the
registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2001.
Fourth Amendment to lease agreement between the Company and Tower Place, L.P. dated
September 22, 2005 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the registrant’s Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2006.
Fifth Amendment to lease agreement between the Company and Tower Place, L.P. dated
January 31, 2007 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the registrant’s Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2007.

63

Exhibit
Number

10.13

10.14

10.15

10.16

10.17

10.18*

10.19*

10.20

10.21*

10.22

10.23

10.24

10.25

10.26

Description

Lease Agreement between the Company and HUB Properties LLC dated May 8, 2002 is
hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the registrant’s Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2003.
Second Amendment to Office Lease agreement between the Company and HUB Properties
LLC dated February 14, 2006 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to the
registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2006.
to Office Lease agreement between the
Amended and Restated Second Amendment
Company and HUB Properties LLC dated May 31, 2006 is incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.17 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31,
2007.
Lease agreement between the Company and Von Karman Michelson Corporation dated
September 6, 2005 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the registrant’s Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2006.
Office lease between the Company and SLTS Grand Avenue, L.P. dated May 3, 2006 is
incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the year ended March 31, 2007.
Board Service Agreement between the Company and Patrick Cline is incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.2.1 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 31,
2005.
Director Compensation Program is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the
registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 2, 2010.
Settlement Agreement dated as of August 8, 2006 between the registrant and Ahmed
Hussein is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant’s Current Report on
Form 8-K filed August 9, 2006.
Description of Compensation Program for Named Executive Officers for Fiscal Year Ended
March 31, 2010 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant’s Current
Report on Form 8-K filed June 1, 2009.
Agreement and Plan of Merger dated May 16, 2008 by and among Quality Systems, Inc.,
Bud Merger Sub, LLC and Lackland Acquisition II, LLC, is incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.27 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31,
2008.
Office lease between the Company and Lakeshore Towers Limited Partnership Phase II, a
California limited partnership, dated October 18, 2007, is incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.28 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31,
2008.
Standard Service Center Lease Agreement between the Lincoln National Life Insurance
Company and Lackland Acquisition II, LLC, dated November 28, 2001, is incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.29 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
March 31, 2008.
First Amendment to Standard Service Center Lease Agreement between the Lincoln National
Life Insurance Company and Lackland Acquisition II, LLC, dated August 17, 2005, is
incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to the registrant’s Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2008.
Standard Service Center Lease Agreement between the Lincoln National Life Insurance
Company and InfoNow Solutions of St. Louis, LLC, dated November 28, 2001, is
incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to the registrant’s Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2008.

64

Exhibit
Number

10.27

10.28

10.29

10.30

10.31

10.32

10.33*

10.34*

10.35*

10.36

10.37

10.38

10.39

10.40

10.41

10.42

10.43

Description

Second Amendment to Service Center Lease Agreement between the TM Properties, LLC,
successor to the Lincoln National Life Insurance Company and Lackland Acquisition II, LLC,
dated August 17, 2005, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 to the registrant’s
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2008.
Assignment of Lease between InfoNow Solutions of St. Louis, Lackland Acquisition II, LLC and
TM Properties, LLC dated August 17, 2005, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33 to
the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2008.
Agreement and Plan of Merger dated October 15, 2008 by and among (i) Quality Systems,
Inc. (ii) NextGen Healthcare Information Systems, Inc. (iii) Ruth Merger Sub, Inc. (iv) Practice
Management Partners, Inc. and (v) certain shareholders set forth therein, is incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter
ended December 31, 2008.
First Amendment to Lease Agreement between Hill Management Services, Inc. and Practice
Management Partners, Inc., dated January 15, 2008, is incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.2 to the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
December 31, 2008.
First Amendment to Sublease Agreement between RehabCare Group, Inc. and Practice
Management Partners Inc., dated January 15 2008, is incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.3 to the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
December 31, 2008.
Third Amendment to Lease Agreement between Pinecrest LLC and Practice Management
Partners, Inc., dated April 30, 2007, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the
registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2008.
Employment Agreement dated August 11, 2008 between Quality Systems, Inc., and Steven
Plochocki, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant’s Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on August 12, 2008.
Outside Directors Amended and Restated Restricted Stock Agreement is incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 9,
2010.
Employment Offer and Terms of Employment dated September 17, 2009, between Quality
Systems, Inc. and Philip N. Kaplan, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the
registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 21, 2009.
Agreement and Plan of Merger dated February 10, 2010, by and among Quality Systems,
Inc., OHS Merger Sub, Inc., Opus Healthcare Solutions, Inc., and the Shareholders of Opus
Healthcare Solutions, Inc.
Sixth Amendment to Lease Agreement between the Company and Tower Place, L.P. dated
April 1, 2010.
Third Amendment to Office Lease agreement between the Company and HUB Properties LLC
dated January 1, 2010.
Fourth Amendment to Office Lease agreement between the Company and HUB Properties
LLC dated March 17, 2010.
Third Amendment to Service Center Lease Agreement between the TM Properties, LLC,
successor to the Lincoln National Life Insurance Company and Lackland Acquisition II, LLC,
dated March 15, 2010.
Second Amendment to Lease Agreement between Hill Management Services, Inc. and
Practice Management Partners, Inc., dated November 1, 2009.
Modification of Lease #1 between Olen Commercial Realty Corp. and NXG Acute Care
LLC, dated October 13, 2009.
Lease between Olen Commercial Realty Corp. and NXG Acurate Care LLC, dated
October 1, 2009.

65

Exhibit
Number

10.44

21**
23.1**
23.2**
31.1**

31.2**

32.1**

Description

Sublease Agreement between Centex Homes and Opus Healthcare Solutions, Inc., dated
February
, 2009.
List of subsidiaries.
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm — PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm — Grant Thornton LLP.
Certification of Principal Executive Officer Required by Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002.
Certification of Principal Financial Officer Required by Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002.
Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C.
Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
XBRL Instance

101.INS***
101.SCH*** XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema
101.CAL***
101.LAB***
101.PRE***

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation

This exhibit is a management contract or a compensatory plan or arrangement.

*
** Filed herewith.

*** XBRL information is furnished and not filed or a part of a registration statement or prospectus for
purposes of section 11 or 12 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1933, as amended, is deemed not
filed for purposes of section 18 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and
otherwise is not subject to liability under these section.

66

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant

has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

SIGNATURES

By: /s/ Steven T. Plochocki
Steven T. Plochocki
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

By: /s/ Paul A. Holt

Paul A. Holt
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Accounting Officer)

Date: May 27, 2011

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each of the persons whose signature appears below
hereby constitutes and appoints Steven T. Plochocki and Paul A. Holt, each of them acting individually, as his
attorney-in-fact, each with the full power of substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any and all
amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other
documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said
attorneys-in-fact, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing
requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or
could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming our signatures as they may be signed by our said
attorney-in-fact and any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Pursuant to the requirement of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed by the

following persons on our behalf in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

/s/ Sheldon Razin
Sheldon Razin

/s/ Steven T. Plochocki
Steven T. Plochocki

/s/ Paul A. Holt
Paul A. Holt

/s/ Patrick B. Cline
Patrick B. Cline

/s/ Craig Barbarosh
Craig Barbarosh

/s/ Murray Brennan
Murray Brennan

Chairman of the Board and Director

May 27, 2011

Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
and Director

Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Accounting Officer)
and Executive Vice President

May 27, 2011

May 27, 2011

President and Chief Strategy Officer and
Director

May 27, 2011

Director

May 27, 2011

Director

May 27, 2011

67

Signature

/s/ George Bristol
George Bristol

Ahmed Hussein

/s/ Russell Pflueger
Russell Pflueger

/s/ Maureen Spivack
Maureen Spivack

Title

Director

Director

Date

May 27, 2011

Director

May 27, 2011

Director

May 27, 2011

68

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Quality Systems, Inc.,

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the index appearing under Item 15(a)(1),
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Quality Systems, Inc. and its subsidiaries at
March 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the two years in the
period ended March 31, 2011 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule in the index appearing under Item 15(a)(2),
presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related
consolidated financial statements. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective
internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control —
Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission
(COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements and financial statement
schedule, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the
effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Report on Internal Control
over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial
statement, the financial statement schedules, and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting
based on our integrated audit. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company
Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and
whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the
financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the
financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management,
and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting
included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material
weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on
the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the
circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

We also have audited the adjustments to the financial statements for the year ended March 31, 2009 to
retrospectively apply the change in reportable segments as described in Note 14. In our opinion, such
adjustments are appropriate and have been properly applied. We were not engaged to audit, review, or
apply any procedures to financial statements for the year ended March 31, 2009 of the Company other than
with respect to the adjustments and, accordingly, we do not express an opinion or any other form of
assurance on the financial statements for the year ended March 31, 2009 taken as a whole.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable
assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal
control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of
records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets
of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit
preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that
receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of
management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or
timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a
material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect
misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that
controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with
the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Orange County, California
May 27, 2011

69

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors
Quality Systems, Inc.

We have audited, before the effects of the adjustments to retrospectively apply the change in operating
segment information described in Note 14, the consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity, and
cash flows for the year ended March 31, 2009 (the 2009 consolidated financial statements before the effects
of the adjustments discussed in Note 14 are not presented herein). Our audit of these financial statements
included the financial statement Schedule II listed in the index appearing under Item 15 (a)(2). These 2009
consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and
financial statement schedule based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit
includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made
by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit
provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the 2009 consolidated financial statements referred to above, which are before the
effects of the adjustments to retrospectively apply the change in operating segment information described in
Note 14, present fairly, in all material respects, the results of Quality Systems, Inc.’s operations and its cash
flows for the year ended March 31, 2009 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States of America. Also in our opinion, the related financial statement Schedule II, when considered in
relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material
respects, the information set forth therein.

We were not engaged to audit, review, or apply any procedures to the adjustments to retrospectively
apply the change in operating segment information described in Note 14 and accordingly, we do not
express an opinion or any other form of assurance about whether such adjustments are appropriate and have
been properly applied. Those adjustments were audited by other auditors.

Irvine, California
May 27, 2009

/s/ Grant Thornton LLP

70

QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

March 31,
2011

March 31,
2010

(In thousands, except per
share data)

ASSETS

Current assets:

Cash and cash equivalents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $116,617
3,787
Restricted cash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1,120
Marketable securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
139,772
Accounts receivable, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1,933
Inventories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
—
Income taxes receivable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10,397
Deferred income taxes, net. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8,768
Other current assets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
282,394
Total current assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12,599
Equipment and improvements, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15,150
Capitalized software costs, net
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
16,890
Intangibles, net
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
46,721
Goodwill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4,932
Other assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $378,686

Current liabilities:

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Accounts payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 6,686
76,695
Deferred revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10,247
Accrued compensation and related benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3,530
Income taxes payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10,162
Dividends payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
29,316
Other current liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
136,636
Total current liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1,099
Deferred revenue, net of current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11,384
Deferred income taxes, net. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2,488
Deferred compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2,409
Other noncurrent liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
154,016
Total liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 84,611
2,339
7,158
107,458
1,340
2,953
5,678
8,684
220,221
8,432
11,546
20,145
46,189
3,647
$310,180

$ 3,342
64,109
8,951
—
8,664
16,220
101,286
474
10,859
1,883
7,389
121,891

Commitments and contingencies (Note 13)
Shareholders’ equity:
Common stock

$0.01 par value; authorized 50,000 shares; issued and outstanding
29,034 and 28,879 shares at March 31, 2011 and March 31,
290
2010, respectively . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
133,259
Additional paid-in capital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
91,121
Retained earnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total shareholders’ equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
224,670
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $378,686

289
122,271
65,729
188,289
$310,180

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

71

QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
2010
(In thousands, except per share data)

2011

2009

Revenues:

Software, hardware and supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $106,514
18,015
Implementation and training services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
124,529
System sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
110,019
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
41,022
Electronic data interchange services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
45,065
Revenue cycle management and related services . . . . . . . . .
32,728
Other services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
228,834
Maintenance, EDI, RCM and other services . . . . . . . . . . .
353,363
Total revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cost of revenue:

Software, hardware and supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Implementation and training services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total cost of system sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electronic data interchange services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Revenue cycle management and related services . . . . . . . . .
Other services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total cost of maintenance, EDI, RCM and other services . . .
Total cost of revenue. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gross profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

19,779
15,010
34,789
12,948
27,711
33,815
18,219
92,693
127,482
225,881

Operating expenses:

Selling, general and administrative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Research and development costs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Amortization of acquired intangible assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total operating expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other income (expense), net
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income before provision for income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Provision for income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

108,310
21,797
1,682
131,789
94,092
263
61
94,416
32,810
Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 61,606

Net income per share:

Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

2.13
2.12

Weighted-average shares outstanding:

Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dividends declared per common share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

28,947
29,118
1.25

$ 89,761
14,376
104,137
89,192
35,035
36,665
26,782
187,674
291,811

12,115
11,983
24,098
13,339
25,262
27,715
20,393
86,709
110,807
181,004

86,951
16,546
1,783
105,280
75,724
226
268
76,218
27,839
$ 48,379

$
$

$

1.69
1.68

28,635
28,796
1.20

$ 85,386
13,375
98,761
72,862
29,522
21,431
22,939
146,754
245,515

13,184
10,286
23,470
11,859
21,374
14,674
17,513
65,420
88,890
156,625

69,410
13,777
1,035
84,222
72,403
1,203
(279)
73,327
27,208
$ 46,119

$
$

$

1.65
1.62

28,031
28,396
1.15

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

72

QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Common Stock
Shares Amount

Additional
Paid-in
Capital

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss

Retained
Earnings
(In thousands)

Total
Shareholders’
Equity

Balance, March 31, 2008 . . . 27,448 $274 $ 75,556 $ 38,071
—
Exercise of stock options . . . .
Tax benefit resulting from

12,512

697

7

$(196)
—

$113,705
12,519

3,382
1,977

—
—

10,097

—
— (32,431)
— 46,119

—
—

—
—
—

—

—

196

exercise of stock options . . .
Stock-based compensation . . .
Common stock issued for

acquisitions . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dividends declared . . . . . . . .
Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reclassification of unrealized

loss on marketable
securities, net of tax . . . . . .

—
—

302
—
—

—

Balance, March 31, 2009 . . . 28,447
Exercise of stock options . . . .
238
Tax benefit resulting from

exercise of stock options . . .
Stock-based compensation . . .
Stock-based compensation

related to acquisitions . . . .

Common stock issued for

acquisitions . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dividends declared . . . . . . . .
Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . .

—
—

—

194
—
—

Balance, March 31, 2010 . . . 28,879
Exercise of stock options . . . .
155
Tax benefit resulting from

—
—

3
—
—

—

284
3

—
—

—

2
—
—

103,524
5,852

51,759
—

1,576
2,073

433

—
—

—

8,813

—
— (34,409)
— 48,379

289
1

122,271
5,716

65,729
—

3,382
1,977

10,100
(32,431)
46,119

196

155,567
5,855

1,576
2,073

433

8,815
(34,409)
48,379

188,289
5,717

1,524
3,748
(36,214)
61,606

—
—

—
—

—

—
—
—

—
—

—
—
—
—

exercise of stock options . . .
Stock-based compensation . . .
Dividends declared . . . . . . . .
Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . .

—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—

1,524
3,748

—
—
— (36,214)
— 61,606

Balance, March 31, 2011 . . . 29,034 $290 $133,259 $ 91,121

$ —

$224,670

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

73

QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

2011

Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
2010
(In thousands)

2009

Cash flows from operating activities:

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 61,606
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by

$ 48,379

$ 46,119

operating activities:
Depreciation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Amortization of capitalized software costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Amortization of other intangibles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Provision for bad debts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Provision (recovery) for inventory obsolescence . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Share-based compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred income tax (benefit) expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tax benefit associated with stock options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Excess tax benefit from share-based compensation . . . . . . . . . . .
Loss (gain) on disposal of equipment and improvements . . . . . . .

Changes in assets and liabilities, net of amounts acquired:

Accounts receivable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inventories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income taxes receivable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other current assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accounts payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accrued compensation and related benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income taxes payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other current liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other noncurrent liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net cash provided by operating activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cash flows from investing activities:

Additions to capitalized software costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Additions to equipment and improvements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Proceeds from disposal of equipment and improvements . . . . . . . . .
Proceeds from sale of marketable securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purchases of marketable securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cash acquired from purchase of Opus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purchase of Opus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purchase of NextGen IS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purchase of PMP, including direct transaction costs . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purchase of HSI, including direct transaction costs . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Payment of contingent consideration related to purchase of PMP . . .
Net cash used in investing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cash flows from financing activities:

4,304
7,091
3,255
3,780
27
3,748
(4,194)
1,524
(1,524)
(33)

(36,094)
(620)
2,953
(2,074)
(1,817)
3,344
13,211
1,296
3,530
13,096
605
(6,950)
70,064

(10,695)
(6,804)
336
7,700
(1,120)
—
—
—
—
—
—
(10,583)

3,663
5,927
1,783
3,465
27
2,073
(786)
1,576
(1,576)
—

(18,944)
(238)
3,875
(2,310)
(894)
(1,810)
12,528
(1,006)
(1,404)
846
46
—
55,220

(7,921)
(4,935)
—
425
—
2,036
(250)
(300)
—
—
(3,000)
(13,945)

2,911
5,163
1,034
2,089
(13)
1,977
4,462
3,382
(3,381)
96

(11,369)
(88)
(5,433)
(1,202)
(448)
(299)
3,130
136
(1,541)
2,055
(68)
—
48,712

(5,863)
(3,218)
—
14,825
—
—
—
—
(16,950)
(8,241)
—
(19,447)

Excess tax benefit from share-based compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Proceeds from exercise of stock options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dividends paid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Loan repayment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(27,475)
Net cash used in financing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
32,006
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
84,611
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $116,617

1,524
5,717
(34,716)

1,576
5,855
(34,275)
—
(26,844)
14,431
70,180
$ 84,611

3,381
12,519
(30,763)
(3,268)
(18,131)
11,134
59,046
$ 70,180

74

QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS — (Continued)

2011

Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
2010
(In thousands)

2009

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

Cash paid during the period for income taxes, net of refunds. . . $29,044

$ 24,506

$ 26,455

Non-cash investing activities:

Tenant improvement allowance received from landlord . . . . . . . $ 1,970

$

— $

—

Unrealized gain on marketable securities, net of tax . . . . . . . . . $

— $

— $

196

Issuance of stock options with fair value of $433 in connection

with the acquisition of PMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

— $

433

$

—

Effective February 10, 2010, the Company acquired Opus in a

transaction summarized as follows:
Fair value of net assets acquired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Cash paid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Common stock issued for Opus stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fair value of contingent consideration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

— $ 32,209
(250)
—
(8,815)
—
(11,516)
—

Liabilities assumed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

— $ 11,628

$

Effective August 12, 2009, the Company acquired NextGen IS

in a transaction summarized as follows:
Fair value of net assets acquired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Cash paid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fair value of contingent consideration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

— $ 1,453
(300)
—
(1,074)
—

Liabilities assumed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

— $

79

$

—
—
—
—

—

—
—
—

—

Effective October 28, 2008, the Company acquired PMP in a

transaction summarized as follows:
Fair value of net assets acquired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Cash paid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Common stock issued for PMP stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Liabilities assumed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

Effective May 20, 2008, the Company acquired HSI in a

transaction summarized as follows:
Fair value of net assets acquired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Cash paid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Common stock issued for HSI stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Liabilities assumed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

— $
—
—

— $

— $
—
—

— $

— $ 23,875
(16,950)
—
(2,750)
—

— $ 4,175

— $ 20,609
(8,241)
—
(7,350)
—

— $ 5,018

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

75

QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MARCH 31, 2011 and 2010
(In thousands, except shares and per share data)

1. Organization of Business

Description of Business

Quality Systems, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries operates as four business divisions and is
comprised of: (i) the QSI Dental Division; (ii) the NextGen Division, which consists of NextGen Healthcare
Information Systems, Inc.(“NextGen”); (iii) the Inpatient Solutions Division, which consists of NextGen
Inpatient Solutions, LLC (“NextGen IS” f/k/a Sphere) and Opus Healthcare Solutions, LLC (“Opus”); (iv) the
Practice Solutions Division, which consists of Lackland Acquisition II, LLC dba Healthcare Strategic Initiatives
(“HSI”) and Practice Management Partners, Inc. (“PMP”) and (v) Quality Systems India Healthcare Private
Limited (“QSIH”) (collectively, the “Company”). The Company develops and markets healthcare information
systems that automate certain aspects of medical and dental practices, networks of practices such as
physician hospital organizations (“PHOs”) and management service organizations (“MSOs”), ambulatory
care centers, community health centers and medical and dental schools. The Company also provides revenue
cycle management (“RCM”) services through the Practice Solutions Division.

The Company, a California corporation formed in 1974, was founded with an early focus on providing
information systems to dental group practices. In the mid-1980’s, the Company capitalized on the increasing
focus on medical cost containment and further expanded its information processing systems to serve the
medical market. In the mid-1990’s, the Company made two acquisitions that accelerated its penetration of
the medical market. These two acquisitions formed the basis for the NextGen Division. Today, we serve the
physician, inpatient and dental markets through our QSI Dental Division, NextGen Division, Inpatient
Solutions Division and Practice Solutions Division.

The QSI Dental Division, co-located with the Corporate Headquarters in Irvine, California, currently

focuses on developing, marketing and supporting software suites sold to dental practices.

The NextGen Division, with headquarters in Horsham, Pennsylvania, provides integrated clinical,

financial and connectivity solutions for ambulatory and dental provider organizations.

The Inpatient Solutions Division, with its primary location in Austin, Texas, provides integrated clinical,

financial and connectivity solutions for rural and community hospitals.

The Practice Solutions Division, with locations in St. Louis, Missouri and Hunt Valley, Maryland, focuses
primarily on providing physician practices with RCM services, primarily billing and collection services for
medical practices. This Division combines a web-delivered SaaS model and the NextGenpm software
platform to execute its service offerings.

Located in Bangalore, India, QSIH was formed in January 2011 to function as the Company’s India-

based captive to offshore technology application development and business processing services.

lines, product platforms, development, implementation and support

The Divisions operate largely as stand-alone operations, with each Division maintaining its own distinct
product
teams, sales staffing and
branding. The Divisions share the resources of the Company’s “corporate office,” which includes a variety
of accounting and other administrative functions. Additionally, there are a small but growing number of
clients who are simultaneously utilizing software or services from more than one of the Divisions.

Acquisitions

On May 20, 2008, the Company acquired St. Louis-based HSI, a full-service healthcare RCM company.
HSI operates under the umbrella of the Company’s Practice Solutions Division. Founded in 1996, HSI
provides RCM services to providers including health systems, hospitals and physicians in private practice

76

QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

with an in-house team of more than 200 employees, including specialists in medical billing, coding and
compliance, payor credentialing and information technology. The Company intends to cross sell both
software and RCM services to the acquired client base of HSI and the NextGen Division.

On October 28, 2008, the Company acquired Maryland-based PMP, a full-service healthcare RCM
company. This acquisition is also part of the Company’s growth strategy for the Practice Solutions Division.
Similar to HSI, PMP operates under the umbrella of the Company’s Practice Solutions Division. Founded in
2001, PMP provides physician billing and technology management services to healthcare providers,
primarily in the Mid-Atlantic region. The Company intends to cross sell both software and RCM services
to the acquired client base of PMP and the NextGen Division.

On August 12, 2009, the Company acquired NextGen IS, a provider of financial information systems to
the small hospital inpatient market. This acquisition is also part of the Company’s strategy to expand into the
small hospital market and to add new clients by taking advantage of cross selling opportunities between the
ambulatory and inpatient markets.

On February 10, 2010, the Company acquired Opus, a provider of clinical information systems to the
small hospital inpatient market. Founded in 1987 and headquartered in Austin, Texas, Opus delivers web-
based clinical solutions to hospital systems and integrated health networks nationwide. This acquisition
complements and will be integrated with the assets of NextGen IS. Both companies are established
developers of software and services for the inpatient market and will operate under the Company’s Inpatient
Solutions Division.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation.

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Quality
Systems, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, which consists of NextGen Healthcare Information Systems,
Lackland Acquisition II, LLC dba Healthcare Strategic Initiatives, Practice Management Partners, Inc.,
NextGen Inpatient Solutions, LLC and Opus Healthcare Solutions, LLC and Quality Systems India Healthcare
Private Limited. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

Business Segments.

The Company has prepared operating segment information in accordance with
Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 280,
Segment Reporting, or ASC 280, which requires that companies disclose “operating segments” based on the
manner in which management disaggregates the Company’s operations for making internal operating
decisions. See Note 14.

Basis of Presentation.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in

accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”).

Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform with fiscal year 2011 presentation.

References to amounts in the consolidated financial statement sections are in thousands, except shares

and per share data, unless otherwise specified.

Revenue Recognition.

The Company recognizes revenue for system sales pursuant to FASB ASC Topic
985-605, Software, Revenue Recognition, or ASC 985-605. The Company generates revenue from the sale
of licensing rights to its software products directly to end-users and value-added resellers, or VARs. The
Company also generates revenue from sales of hardware and third-party software, implementation, training,
electronic data interchange (“EDI”), post-contract support (maintenance) and other services, including
revenue cycle management (“RCM”), performed for clients who license its products.

A typical system contract contains multiple elements of the above items. FASB ASC Topic 985-605-25,
Software, Revenue Recognition, Multiple Elements, or ASC 985-605-25, requires revenue earned on

77

QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

software arrangements involving multiple elements to be allocated to each element based on the relative fair
values of those elements. The fair value of an element must be based on vendor-specific objective evidence
(“VSOE”). The Company limits its assessment of VSOE for each element to either the price charged when the
same element is sold separately or the price established by management having the relevant authority to do
so, for an element not yet sold separately. VSOE calculations are updated and reviewed quarterly or annually
depending on the nature of the product or service. The Company has established VSOE for the related
undelivered elements based on the bell-shaped curve method. Maintenance VSOE for the Company’s largest
clients is based on stated renewal rates only if the rate is determined to be substantive and falls within the
Company’s customary pricing practices.

When evidence of fair value exists for the delivered and undelivered elements of a transaction, then
discounts for individual elements are aggregated and the total discount is allocated to the individual elements
in proportion to the elements’ fair value relative to the total contract fair value.

When evidence of fair value exists for the undelivered elements only, the residual method, provided for
under ASC 985-605, is used. Under the residual method, the Company defers revenue related to the
undelivered elements in a system sale based on VSOE of fair value of each of the undelivered elements and
allocates the remainder of the contract price net of all discounts to revenue recognized from the delivered
elements. If VSOE of fair value of any undelivered element does not exist, all revenue is deferred until VSOE of
fair value of the undelivered element is established or the element has been delivered.

The Company bills for the entire system sales contract amount upon contract execution except for
maintenance which is billed separately. Amounts billed in excess of the amounts contractually due are
recorded in accounts receivable as advance billings. Amounts are contractually due when services are
performed or in accordance with contractually specified payment dates. Provided the fees are fixed or
determinable and collection is considered probable, revenue from licensing rights and sales of hardware and
third-party software is generally recognized upon physical or electronic shipment and transfer of title. In
certain transactions where collections risk is high, the cash basis method is used to recognize revenue. If the
fee is not fixed or determinable, then the revenue recognized in each period (subject to application of other
revenue recognition criteria) will be the lesser of the aggregate of amounts due and payable or the amount of
the arrangement fee that would have been recognized if the fees were being recognized using the residual
method. Fees which are considered fixed or determinable at the inception of the Company’s arrangements
must include the following characteristics:

(cid:129) The fee must be negotiated at the outset of an arrangement and generally be based on the specific
volume of products to be delivered without being subject to change based on variable pricing
mechanisms such as the number of units copied or distributed or the expected number of users.

(cid:129) Payment terms must not be considered extended.

If a significant portion of the fee is due more than
12 months after delivery or after the expiration of the license, the fee is presumed not fixed or
determinable.

Revenue from implementation and training services is recognized as the corresponding services are

performed. Maintenance revenue is recognized ratably over the contractual maintenance period.

Contract accounting is applied where services include significant software modification, development
or customization. In such instances, the arrangement fee is accounted for in accordance with FASB ASC Topic
605-35, Revenue Recognition, Construction-Type and Production-Type Contracts, or ASC 605-35. Pursuant

78

QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

to ASC 605-35, the Company uses the percentage of completion method provided all of the following
conditions exist:

(cid:129) the contract includes provisions that clearly specify the enforceable rights regarding goods or services
to be provided and received by the parties, the consideration to be exchanged and the manner and
terms of settlement;

(cid:129) the customer can be expected to satisfy its obligations under the contract;

(cid:129) the Company can be expected to perform its contractual obligations; and

(cid:129) reliable estimates of progress towards completion can be made.

The Company measures completion using labor input hours. Costs of providing services, including

services accounted for in accordance with ASC 605-35, are expensed as incurred.

If a situation occurs in which a contract is so short term that the financial statements would not vary
materially from using the percentage-of-completion method or in which the Company is unable to make
reliable estimates of progress of completion of the contract, the completed contract method is utilized.

Product returns are estimated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 605-15, Revenue Recognition,
Products, or ASC 605-15. The Company also ensures that the other criteria in ASC 605-15 have been met
prior to recognition of revenue:

(cid:129) the price is fixed or determinable;

(cid:129) the customer is obligated to pay and there are no contingencies surrounding the obligation or the

payment;

(cid:129) the customer’s obligation would not change in the event of theft or damage to the product;

(cid:129) the customer has economic substance;

(cid:129) the amount of returns can be reasonably estimated; and

(cid:129) the Company does not have significant obligations for future performance in order to bring about

resale of the product by the customer.

The Company has historically offered short-term rights of return in certain sales arrangements. If the
Company is able to estimate returns for these types of arrangements, revenue is recognized, net of an
allowance for returns, and these arrangements are recorded in the consolidated financial statements. If the
Company is unable to estimate returns for these types of arrangements, revenue is not recognized in the
consolidated financial statements until the rights of return expire.

Revenue related to sales arrangements that include the right to use software stored on the Company’s
hardware is accounted for under FASB ASC Topic 985-605-05, Software, Revenue Recognition, Hosting
Arrangements, or ASC 985-605-05, which requires that for software licenses and related implementation
services to continue to fall under ASC 985-605-05, the customer must have the contractual right to take
possession of the software without incurring a significant penalty and it must be feasible for the customer to
either host the software themselves or through another third-party. If an arrangement is not deemed to be
accounted for under ASC 985-605-05, the entire arrangement is accounted for as a service contract in
accordance with ASC 985-605-25. In that instance, the entire arrangement would be recognized during the
period that the hosting services are being performed.

From time to time, the Company offers future purchase discounts on its products and services as part of its
sales arrangements. Pursuant to FASB ASC Topic 985-605-55, Software, Revenue Recognition, Flowchart of
Revenue Recognition on Software Arrangements, or ASC 985-605-55, such discounts that are incremental to

79

QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

the range of discounts reflected in the pricing of the other elements of the arrangement, that are incremental to
the range of discounts typically given in comparable transactions, and that are significant, are treated as an
additional element of the contract to be deferred. Amounts deferred related to future purchase options are not
recognized until either the customer exercises the discount offer or the offer expires.

RCM service revenue is derived from services fees, which include amounts charged for ongoing billing
and other related services, and are generally billed to the customer as a percentage of total collections. The
Company does not recognize revenue for services fees until these collections are made, as the services fees
are not fixed or determinable until such time.

Revenue is divided into two categories, “system sales” and “maintenance, EDI, RCM and other
services.” Revenue in the system sales category includes software license fees, third-party hardware and
software and implementation and training services related to purchase of the Company’s software systems.
Revenue in the maintenance, EDI, RCM and other services category includes maintenance, EDI, RCM
services, follow on training and implementation services, annual third-party license fees, hosting services and
other services revenue.

Cash and Cash Equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents generally consist of cash, money market funds
and short-term U.S. Treasury securities with maturities of 90 days or less at the time of purchase. The
Company had cash deposits at U.S. banks and financial institutions at March 31, 2011 of which $113,733
was in excess of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance limit of $250 per owner. The Company
is exposed to credit loss for amounts in excess of insured limits in the event of nonperformance by the
institutions; however, the Company does not anticipate nonperformance by these institutions.

The money market fund in which the Company holds a portion of its cash invests in only investment grade
money market instruments from a variety of industries, and therefore bears relatively low market risk. The
average maturity of the investments owned by the money market fund is approximately two months.

Restricted Cash. Restricted cash consists of cash which is being held by HSI acting as agent for the
disbursement of certain state social services programs. The Company records an offsetting “Care Services
liability” (see also Note 9) when it initially receives such cash from the government social service programs
and relieves both restricted cash and the Care Services liability when amounts are disbursed. HSI earns an
administrative fee which is based on a percentage of funds disbursed on behalf of certain government social
service programs.

Marketable Securities. Marketable securities are classified as available-for-sale and are recorded at
fair value, based on quoted market rates when observable or valuation analysis when appropriate.
Unrealized gains and losses, net of taxes, are reported as a component of shareholders’ equity. Realized
gains and losses on investments are included as interest income.

As of March 31, 2011, the Company’s marketable securities consisted of fixed-income municipal
securities. Previously, the Company also held investments in tax exempt municipal auction-rate securities
(“ARS”), which were classified as either current or non-current marketable securities depending on the
liquidity and timing of expected realization of such securities. The ARS were rated by one or more national
rating agencies and had contractual terms of up to 30 years, but generally had interest rate reset dates that
occurred every 7, 28 or 35 days. Despite the underlying long-term maturity of ARS, such securities were
priced and subsequently traded as short-term investments because of the interest rate reset feature. If there
were insufficient buyers, the auction is said to “fail” and the holders were unable to liquidate the investments
through auction. A failed auction did not result in a default of the debt instrument. Under their respective
terms, the securities continued to accrue interest and be auctioned until the auction succeeded, the issuer
called the securities or the securities matured. In February 2008, the Company began to experience failed
auctions on its ARS.

80

QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The Company’s ARS were held by UBS Financial Services Inc. (“UBS”). On November 13, 2008, the
Company entered into an Auction Rate Security Rights Agreement (the “Rights Agreement”) with UBS,
whereby the Company accepted UBS’s offer to purchase the Company’s ARS investments at any time during
the period of June 30, 2010 through July 2, 2012. On June 30, 2010, the earliest date allowable under the
Rights Agreement, the Company exercised its ARS put option rights and put its ARS back to UBS. The ARS
were sold and settled on July 1, 2010 at 100% of the $7,700 par value.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts.

The Company provides credit terms typically ranging from thirty
days to less than twelve months for most system and maintenance contract sales and generally does not
require collateral. The Company performs credit evaluations of its clients and maintains reserves for
estimated credit losses. Reserves for potential credit losses are determined by establishing both specific
and general reserves. Specific reserves are based on management’s estimate of the probability of collection
for certain troubled accounts. General reserves are established based on the Company’s historical expe-
rience of bad debt expense and the aging of the Company’s accounts receivable balances, net of deferred
revenue and specifically reserved accounts. Accounts are written off as uncollectible only after the Company
has expended extensive collection efforts.

Included in accounts receivable are amounts related to maintenance and services which were billed, but
which had not yet been rendered as of the end of the period. Undelivered maintenance and services are
included as a component of deferred revenue (see also Note 9).

Inventories.

Inventories consist of hardware for specific client orders and spare parts and are valued at
lower of cost (first-in, first-out) or market. Management provides a reserve to reduce inventory to its net
realizable value.

Equipment and Improvements. Equipment and improvements are stated at cost less accumulated
depreciation and amortization. Repair and maintenance costs that do not improve service potential or extend
economic life are expensed as incurred. Depreciation and amortization of equipment and improvements are
provided over the estimated useful lives of the assets, or the related lease terms if shorter, by the straight-line
method. Useful lives generally have the following ranges:

(cid:129) Computers equipment
(cid:129) Furniture and fixtures
(cid:129) Leasehold improvements

3-5 years
5-7 years
lesser of lease term or estimated useful life of
asset

Costs incurred to develop internal-use software during the application development stage are capital-
ized, stated at cost, and amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets,
which is seven years. Application development stage costs generally include costs associated with internal-
use software configuration, coding, installation and testing. Costs of significant upgrades and enhancements
that result in additional functionality are also capitalized, whereas costs incurred for maintenance and minor
upgrades and enhancements are expensed as incurred.

Software Development Costs. Development costs incurred in the research and development of new
software products and enhancements to existing software products for external use are expensed as incurred
until technological feasibility has been established. After technological feasibility is established, any addi-
tional external software development costs are capitalized in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 985-20,
Software, Costs of Computer Software to be Sold, Leased or Marketed, or ASC 985-20. Such capitalized
costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated economic life of the related product, which is
typically three years. The Company provides support services on the current and prior two versions of its
software. Management performs an annual review of the estimated economic life and the recoverability of
such capitalized software costs. If a determination is made that capitalized amounts are not recoverable

81

QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

based on the estimated cash flows to be generated from the applicable software, any remaining capitalized
amounts are written off.

Goodwill. Goodwill is related to NextGen and the HSI, PMP, NextGen IS and Opus acquisitions,
which closed on May 20, 2008, October 28, 2008, August 12, 2009 and February 10, 2010, respectively
(see Notes 5 and 6). In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 350-20, Intangibles — Goodwill and Other,
Goodwill, or ASC 350-20, the Company tests goodwill for impairment annually at the end of its first fiscal
quarter, referred to as the annual test date and has determined that there was no impairment to its goodwill as
of June 30, 2010. The Company will also test for impairment between annual test dates if an event occurs or
circumstances change that would indicate the carrying amount may be impaired. Impairment testing for
goodwill is performed at a reporting-unit level, which is defined as an operating segment or one level below
and operating segment (referred to as a component). A component of an operating segment is a reporting
unit if the component constitutes a business for which discrete financial information is available and segment
management regularly reviews the operating results of that component.

The Company has determined that NextGen, HSI and PMP each qualify as a separate reporting unit
while NextGen IS and Opus are aggregated as one reporting unit at which goodwill impairment testing is
performed.

An impairment loss would generally be recognized when the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s net
assets exceeds the estimated fair value of the reporting unit. As of March 31, 2011, the Company has not
identified any events or circumstances that would require an interim goodwill impairment test. See Note 6.

Intangible Assets.

Intangible assets consist of capitalized software costs, customer relationships, trade
names and certain software technology. Intangible assets related to customer relationships, trade names, and
software technology arose in connection with the acquisition of HSI, PMP, NextGen IS and Opus. These
intangible assets were recorded at fair value and are stated net of accumulated amortization. Intangible
assets are amortized over their remaining estimated useful lives, ranging from 3 to 9 years. The Company’s
amortization policy for intangible assets is based on the principles in FASB ASC Topic 350-30, Intangibles —
Goodwill and Other, General Intangibles Other than Goodwill, or ASC 350-30, which requires that the
amortization of intangible assets reflect the pattern that the economic benefits of the intangible assets are
consumed.

Long-Lived Assets.

The Company assesses the recoverability of long-lived assets at least annually or
whenever adverse events or changes in circumstances indicate that impairment may have occurred in
accordance with FASB ASC Topic 360-10, Property, Plant, and Equipment, Impairment or Disposal of Long-
Lived Assets, or ASC 360-10. If the future undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use of the
related assets are less than the carrying value of such assets, impairment has been incurred and a loss is
recognized to reduce the carrying value of the long-lived assets to fair value, which is determined by
discounting estimated future cash flows.

Management periodically reviews the carrying value of long-lived assets to determine whether or not
impairment to such value has occurred and has determined that there was no impairment to its long-lived
assets as of March 31, 2011. In addition to the recoverability assessment, the Company routinely reviews the
remaining estimated lives of its long-lived assets.

Income Taxes.

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 740,
Income Taxes, or ASC 740.
Income taxes are provided based on current taxable income and the future tax
consequences of temporary differences between the basis of assets and liabilities for financial and tax
reporting. The deferred income tax assets and liabilities represent the future state and federal tax return
consequences of those differences, which will either be taxable or deductible when the assets and liabilities
are recovered or settled. Deferred income taxes are also recognized for operating losses that are available to
offset future taxable income and tax credits that are available to offset future income taxes. At each reporting

82

QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

period, management assesses the realizable value of deferred tax assets based on, among other things,
estimates of future taxable income and adjusts the related valuation allowance as necessary. Management
makes a number of assumptions and estimates in determining the appropriate amount of expense to record
for income taxes. These assumptions and estimates consider the taxing jurisdiction in which the Company
operates as well as current tax regulations. Accruals are established for estimates of tax effects for certain
transactions and future projected profitability of the Company’s businesses based on management’s inter-
pretation of existing facts and circumstances.

Self-Insurance Liabilities. Effective January 1, 2010, the Company became self-insured with respect to
healthcare claims, subject to stop-loss limits. The Company accrues for estimated self-insurance costs and
uninsured exposures based on claims filed and an estimate of claims incurred but not reported as of each
balance sheet date. However, it is possible that recorded accruals may not be adequate to cover the future
payment of claims. Adjustments, if any, to estimated accruals resulting from ultimate claim payments will be
reflected in earnings during the periods in which such adjustments are determined. Periodically, the
Company reevaluates the adequacy of the accruals by comparing amounts accrued on the balance sheets
for anticipated losses to an updated actuarial loss forecasts and third-party claim administrator loss estimates
and makes adjustments to the accruals as needed. The self-insurance accrual is included in other current
liabilities. If any of the factors that contribute to the overall cost of insurance claims were to change, the actual
amount incurred for the self-insurance liabilities would be directly affected.

As of March 31, 2011 and 2010, the self-insurance accrual was approximately $475 and $516,
respectively, and is included in other current liabilities on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. If
any of the factors that contribute to the overall cost of insurance claims were to change, the actual amount
incurred for the self-insurance liabilities would be directly affected.

Advertising Costs. Advertising costs are charged to operations as incurred. The Company does not
have any direct-response advertising. Advertising costs, which include trade shows and conventions, were
approximately $7,122, $6,198 and $3,459 for the years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009,
respectively, and were included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying
consolidated statements of income.

Marketing Assistance Agreements.

The Company has entered into marketing assistance agreements
with certain existing users of the Company’s products, which provide the opportunity for those users to earn
commissions if they host specific site visits upon the Company’s request for prospective clients that directly
result in a purchase of the Company’s software by the visiting prospects. Amounts earned by existing users
under this program are treated as a selling expense in the period when earned.

Other Comprehensive Loss. Comprehensive income and loss includes all changes in shareholders’
equity during a period except those resulting from investments by owners and distributions to owners. The
components of accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of income tax, consist of unrealized losses on
marketable securities of $196 as of March 31, 2008. There were no other comprehensive income items for
the years ended March 31, 2011 or 2010.

Foreign Currency Translation.

The U.S. dollar is considered to be the functional currency for QSIH
because it acts primarily as an extension of the Company’s operations. The determination of functional
currency is primarily based on QSIH’s relative financial and operational dependence. Assets and liabilities
are re-measured at current exchange rates, except for property and equipment, depreciation and invest-
ments, which are translated at historical exchange rates. Revenues and expenses are re-measured at
weighted average exchange rates in effect during the year except for costs related to the above mentioned
balance sheet items, which are translated at historical rates. Foreign currency gains and losses are included
in other income (expense) in the consolidated statements of income. The net foreign currency gain (loss) for

83

QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

the year ended March 31, 2011 was not significant because QSIH was formed in January 2011. There was
no net foreign currency translation for the years ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 and 2008, respectively.

Earnings per Share.

Pursuant to FASB ASC Topic 260, Earnings Per Share, or ASC 260, the Company

provides dual presentation of “basic” and “diluted” earnings per share (“EPS”).

Basic EPS excludes dilution from common stock equivalents and is computed by dividing income
available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the
period. Diluted EPS reflects the potential dilution from common stock equivalents and is based on the
assumption that the Company’s outstanding options are included in the calculation of diluted earnings per
share, except when their effect would be anti-dilutive. Dilution is computed by applying the treasury stock
method. Under this method, options are assumed to be exercised at the beginning of the period (or at the time
of issuance, if later), and as if funds obtained thereby were used to purchase common stock at the average
market price during the period. The following table reconciles the weighted-average shares outstanding for
basic and diluted net income per share for the periods indicated:

Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
2010

2011

2009

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $61,606
Basic net income per share:

$48,379

$46,119

Weighted-average shares outstanding — Basic . . . . . . .

28,947

28,635

28,031

Basic net income per common share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 2.13

$ 1.69

$

1.65

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $61,606
Diluted net income per share:

$48,379

$46,119

Weighted-average shares outstanding — Basic . . . . . . .
Effect of potentially dilutive securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

28,947
171

28,635
161

28,031
365

Weighted-average shares outstanding — Diluted . . . . . .

29,118

28,796

28,396

Diluted net income per common share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 2.12

$ 1.68

$

1.62

The computation of diluted net income per share does not include 257, 75 and 440 options for the years
ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, because their inclusion would have an anti-dilutive
effect on net income per share.

Share-Based Compensation.

FASB ASC Topic 718 Compensation — Stock Compensation, or
ASC 718, requires companies to estimate the fair value of share-based payment awards on the date of
grant using an option-pricing model. Expected term is estimated using historical exercise experience.
Volatility is estimated by using the weighted-average historical volatility of the Company’s common stock,
which approximates expected volatility. The risk free rate is the implied yield available on the U.S Treasury
zero-coupon issues with remaining terms equal to the expected term. The expected dividend yield is the
average dividend rate during a period equal to the expected term of the option. Those inputs are then entered
into the Black Scholes model to determine the estimated fair value. The value of the portion of the award that is
ultimately expected to vest is recognized ratably as expense over the requisite service period in the
Company’s consolidated statements of income.

Share-based compensation is adjusted on a quarterly basis for changes to estimated forfeitures based on
a review of historical forfeiture activity. To the extent that actual forfeitures differ, or are expected to differ,
from the estimate, share-based compensation expense is adjusted accordingly. The effect of the forfeiture
adjustments for years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was not significant.

84

QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following table shows total share-based compensation expense included in the consolidated

statements of income for years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
2011
2009
2010

Costs and expenses:

Cost of revenue. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 272
152
Research and development costs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3,324
Selling, general and administrative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

85
108
1,880

$ 195
242
1,540

Total share-based compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Amounts capitalized in software development costs . . . . . . . .

3,748
(2)

2,073
(27)

1,977
(21)

Amounts charged against earnings, before income tax

benefit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 3,746
(1,343)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Related income tax benefit

$2,046
(608)

$1,956
(549)

Decrease in net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 2,403

$1,438

$1,407

Sales Taxes.

In accordance with the guidance of FASB ASC Topic 605-45, Revenue Recognition,
Principal Agent Considerations, or ASC 605-45, the Company accounts for sales taxes imposed on its goods
and services on a net basis in the consolidated statements of income.

Use of Estimates.

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP
requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the
reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. On an ongoing basis, the Company
evaluates its estimates, including those related to uncollectible receivables, vendor specific objective
evidence, self-insurance accruals and income taxes and related credits and deductions. The Company
bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be
reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the
carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may
differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

New Accounting Standards.

In October 2009, FASB issued an amendment to its accounting guidance
on revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables. This new accounting guidance addresses the unit of
accounting for arrangements involving multiple deliverables and how consideration should be allocated to
separate units of accounting, when applicable. This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after
June 15, 2010. There was no material impact from the adoption of this guidance on our consolidated
financial position or results of operations.

In October 2009, FASB issued an amendment to its accounting guidance on certain revenue arrange-
ments that include software elements. The new accounting guidance excludes from consideration of software
revenue recognition principles all tangible products containing both software and non-software components
that function together to deliver the product’s essential functionality. This guidance is effective for fiscal years
beginning on or after June 15, 2010. This guidance must be adopted in the same period that the company
adopts the amended accounting for arrangements with multiple deliverables described in the preceding
paragraph. There was no material impact from the adoption of this guidance on our consolidated financial
position or results of operations.

In January 2010, FASB issued an amendment regarding improving disclosures about fair value
measurements. This new guidance requires some new disclosures and clarifies some existing disclosure
requirements about fair value measurement. The new disclosures and clarifications of existing disclosures are

85

QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for the
disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances and settlements in the roll forward of activity in Level 3 fair value
measurements. Those disclosures are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010 and for
interim periods within those fiscal years. There was no impact from the adoption of this guidance to our
consolidated financial position or results of operations as the amendment only addresses disclosures.

In April 2010, FASB issued an amendment to Stock Compensation. The amendment clarifies that an
employee stock-based payment award with an exercise price denominated in the currency of a market in
which a substantial portion of the entity’s equity shares trades should not be considered to contain a condition
that is not a market, performance, or service condition. Therefore, an entity would not classify such an award
as a liability if it otherwise qualifies as equity. The amendments are effective for fiscal years, and interim
periods within those fiscal years, beginning on or after December 15, 2010. We do not anticipate any
impact from our adoption of this guidance since our stock-based payment awards have an exercise price
denominated in the same currency of the market in which our Company shares are traded.

In December 2010, FASB issued an amendment to goodwill impairment test. The amendments modify
Step 1 of the goodwill impairment test for reporting units with zero or negative carrying amounts. For those
reporting units, an entity is required to perform Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test if it is more likely than
not that a goodwill impairment exists. In determining whether it is more likely than not that goodwill
impairment exists, an entity should consider whether there are any adverse qualitative factors indicating that
impairment may exist. The qualitative factors are consistent with the existing guidance and examples, which
require that goodwill of a reporting unit be tested for impairment between annual tests if an event occurs or
circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its
carrying amount. The amendments are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years,
beginning after December 15, 2010. Early adoption is not permitted. We do not anticipate any impact from
our adoption of this guidance since we do not have any reporting units with zero or negative carrying
amounts at December 31, 2010.

In December 2010, FASB issued an amendment to the disclosure of supplementary pro forma infor-
mation for business combinations. The amendments in this ASU specify that if a public entity presents
comparative financial statements, the entity should disclose revenue and earnings of the combined entity as
though the business combination that occurred during the current year had occurred as of the beginning of
the comparable prior annual reporting period only. The amendments also expand the supplemental pro
forma disclosures to include a description of the nature and amount of material, nonrecurring pro forma
adjustments directly attributable to the business combination included in the reported pro forma revenue and
earnings. The amendments are effective prospectively for business combinations for which the acquisition
date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15,
2010. Early adoption is permitted but was not elected. The Company does not expect the amendments to
have a significant impact on its consolidated financial statements.

3. Cash and Cash Equivalents

At March 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of $116,617 and
$84,611, respectively. Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash, money market funds and short-term
U.S. Treasury securities with original maturities of less than 90 days. The money market fund in which the
Company holds a portion of its cash invests in only investment grade money market instruments from a variety
of industries, and therefore bears relatively low market risk. The average maturity of the investments owned by
the money market fund is approximately two months.

86

QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

4. Fair Value Measurements

The Company applies ASC 820 with respect to fair value measurements of (a) nonfinancial assets and
liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value and (b) all financial assets and liabilities. As defined
by ASC 820, fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit
price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between
market participants on the measurement date. The Company estimates fair value utilizing market data or
assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability in a current transaction,
including assumptions about risk and the risks inherent in the inputs to the valuation technique. The
Company’s financial instruments, other than those presented in the disclosures below, include accounts
receivables, accounts payable and accrued liabilities. The carrying value of these assets and liabilities
approximates fair value because of the short-term nature of these instruments. ASC 820 prioritizes the inputs
used in measuring fair value into the following hierarchy (with Level 1 as the highest priority):

Level 1 Quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

Level 2 Observable inputs other than those included in Level 1 (for example, quoted prices for
similar assets in active markets or quoted prices for identical assets in inactive markets); and

Level 3 Unobservable inputs reflecting management’s own assumptions about the inputs used in

estimating the value of the asset.

Recurring Fair Value Measurements

The fair value hierarchy requires the use of observable market data when available. The financial assets
and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value
measurement. The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value mea-
surement requires judgment and may affect the valuation of fair value assets and liabilities and their
placement within the fair value hierarchy levels. The following tables sets forth by level within the fair value
hierarchy the Company’s financial assets and liabilities that were accounted for at fair value on a recurring
basis at March 31, 2011 and March 31, 2010:

Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

Balance at
March 31,
2011

Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents. . . . . . $116,617
3,787
Restricted cash . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1,120
Marketable securities. . . . . . . . . .

$116,617
3,787
1,120

$121,524

$121,524

$

$

—
—
—

—

$ —
—
—

$ —

LIABILITIES
Contingent consideration related

to acquisitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 13,658

$ 13,658

$

87

—

—

$12,743

$12,743

$915

$915

QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

Balance at
March 31,
2010

Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . $84,611
2,339
Restricted cash. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7,158
Marketable securities(1) . . . . . . . .
548
ARS put option rights(2) . . . . . . . .

$84,611
2,339
—
—

$94,656

$86,950

LIABILITIES
Contingent consideration related to

acquisitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $12,590

$12,590

$

$

—

—

$—
—
—
—

$—

$—

$—

$

—
—
7,158
548

$ 7,706

$12,590

$12,590

(1) Marketable securities consist of ARS.
(2) ARS put option rights are included in other current assets.

On June 30, 2010, the earliest date allowable under the Rights Agreement, the Company exercised its
ARS put option rights and put its ARS back to UBS, resulting in a net loss of $6, which is included in other
income on the accompanying consolidated statements of income. The ARS were sold and settled on July 1,
2010 at 100% of the $7,700 par value. The Company recorded interest of $83 from the ARS for year ended
March 31, 2011. The Company has no outstanding ARS or ARS put option rights at March 31, 2011.

The Company’s contingent consideration liability is accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis and
is adjusted to fair value when the carrying value differs from fair value. The categorization of the framework
used to measure fair value of the NextGen IS contingent consideration liability is considered Level 3 due to the
subjective nature of the unobservable inputs used. The fair value of the NextGen IS contingent consideration
liability of $915 was estimated based on the probability of achieving certain business milestones.

88

QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following table presents activity in the Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair
value using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3), as defined by ASC 820, as of and for the year ended
March 31, 2011:

Assets

Liabilities

Balance at March 31, 2009. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 7,863
—
Transfer into Level 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(425)
Proceeds from sale at par. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
268
Recognized gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Balance at March 31, 2010. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 7,706
—
Transfer out of Level 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
—
Earnout payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
—
Goodwill adjustment(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
—
Fair value adjustments, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(7,700)
Proceeds from sale at par. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(6)
Recognized loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

—
12,590
—
—

$ 12,590
(12,743)
(253)
532
789
—
—

Balance at March 31, 2011. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

— $

915

(1) Adjustment made to goodwill that should have been recorded as part of the final purchase price
allocation as of March 31, 2010. Refer to Note 5 — Business Combinations for additional details.

Non-Recurring Fair Value Measurements

The Company has certain assets, including equipment and improvements, goodwill and other intangible
assets, which are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis and are adjusted to fair value only if an
impairment charge is recognized. The categorization of the framework used to measure fair value of the
assets is considered Level 3 due to the subjective nature of the unobservable inputs used. During the year
ended March 31, 2011, there were no adjustments to fair value of such assets.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The estimated fair value of financial instruments is determined using the best available market infor-
mation and appropriate valuation methodologies. However, considerable judgment is necessary in inter-
preting market data to develop the estimates of fair value. Accordingly, the estimates presented are not
necessarily indicative of the amounts that the Company could realize in a current market exchange, or the
value that ultimately will be realized upon maturity or disposition. The use of different market assumptions
may have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts. The Company’s financial instruments, other
than those presented in the disclosures above, include cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivables,
accounts payable and accrued liabilities. The carrying value of these assets and liabilities approximates fair
value because of the short-term nature of these instruments.

Interest income related to cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities for years ended

March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 is as follows:

Interest Income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $263

$226

$1,203

89

Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
2011

2010

2009

QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

5. Business Combinations

On February 10, 2010, the Company acquired Opus, a provider of clinical information systems to the
small hospital inpatient market. The Opus purchase price totaled $21,113, which includes a fair value
adjustment of $532 to goodwill and the contingent consideration liability that was recorded during the year
ended March 31, 2011. The fair value of the total Opus contingent consideration of $12,048 was estimated
at the time of purchase based on the probability of Opus achieving certain earnout payments to be paid over
a two year period to the selling security holders and former stock option holders (“option holders”) of Opus if
certain operational and strategic objectives were met.

On March 30, 2011, the Company entered into an amendment to the merger agreement to early
terminate the terms of
for $12,250, payable in
143,000 shares of Company common stock to the selling security holders and $856 in cash to the option
holders.

the earnout under the original merger agreement

The fair value of the Opus earnout settlement was $12,743, which is the fair value of the Opus
contingent consideration recorded in other current liabilities as of March 31, 2011. In reviewing the final
settlement, the Company identified an error in the initial purchase price allocation related to the fair value of
the price collar provisions in the merger agreement. As a result, the Company recorded an adjustment of
$532 to goodwill and contingent consideration liability to correct the initial purchase price allocation as of
February 10, 2010. The Company has concluded that this correction is not material to any periods affected.

On August 12, 2009, the Company acquired NextGen IS, a provider of financial information systems to
the small hospital inpatient market. The NextGen IS purchase price totaled $1,374, including contingent
consideration payable over a five year period, consisting of maintenance revenue and license fee payments,
estimated at approximately $1,074 based on the probability of achieving certain business milestones, but
which in no event shall exceed $2,500.

The Company accounted for the Opus and NextGen IS acquisitions as a purchase business combination
as defined in FASB ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations, or ASC 805. Under the acquisition method of
accounting, the purchase price was allocated to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities
assumed based on their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date. The fair value of the assets acquired
and liabilities assumed represent management’s estimate of fair value. The estimated fair value of the
acquired tangible and intangible assets and liabilities assumed were determined using multiple valuation
approaches depending on the type of tangible or intangible asset acquired, including but not limited to the
income approach, the excess earnings method as well as the relief from royalty method approach.

The total purchase price for Opus and NextGen IS is summarized as follows:

Opus

NextGen IS

Cash paid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Common stock issued at fair value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contingent consideration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

250
8,815
12,048

$ 300
—
1,074

Total purchase price . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $21,113

$1,374

90

QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following table summarizes the final allocation of the Opus and NextGen IS purchase price:

Opus

NextGen IS

Fair value of the net tangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed:

Cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 2,036
Current assets (including accounts receivable of $1,753 and $158
for Opus and NextGen IS, respectively) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equipment and improvements and other long-term assets . . . . . . . .
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Current liabilities, including long-term debt due within one year . . .
Deferred revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3,435
483
(7,678)
—
(3,950)

Total tangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fair value of identifiable intangible assets acquired:

(5,674)

Customer relationships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Software technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Goodwill (including assembled workforce of $1,000 and and $84
for Opus and NextGen IS, respectively) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1,250
12,000

13,537

Total identifiable intangible assets acquired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

26,787

$ —

158
—
—
(79)
—

79

156
119

1,020

1,295

Total purchase price . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $21,113

$1,374

The pro forma effects of the Opus and NextGen IS acquisitions would not have been material to the

Company’s results of operations for the year ended March 31, 2010 and is therefore not presented.

6. Goodwill

In accordance with ASC 350-20, the Company does not amortize goodwill as the goodwill has been

determined to have an indefinite useful life.

Goodwill consists of the following:

Balance at
March 31,
2010

Adjustment(1)

NextGen Division

NextGen Healthcare Information Systems, Inc. . . . $ 1,840

Total NextGen Division goodwill. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inpatient Solutions Division

1,840

Opus Healthcare Solutions, Inc.
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
NextGen Inpatient Solutions, LLC . . . . . . . . . . . . .

13,005
1,020

Total Inpatient Solutions Division goodwill . . . . . . . .

14,025

Practice Solutions Division

Practice Management Partners, Inc.
. . . . . . . . . .
Healthcare Strategic Initiatives . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

19,485
10,839

Total Practice Solutions Division goodwill . . . . . . . . .

30,324

$ —

—

532
—

532

—
—

—

Balance at
March 31,
2011

$ 1,840

1,840

13,537
1,020

14,557

19,485
10,839

30,324

Total goodwill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $46,189

$532

$46,721

91

QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

(1) Adjustment made to goodwill that should have been recorded as part of the final purchase price
allocation as of March 31, 2010. Refer to Note 5 — Business Combinations for additional details.

7.

Intangible Assets

In connection with the Opus acquisition, the Company recorded $13,250 of intangible assets related to
customer relationships and software technology. The Company amortizes the Opus customer relationships
intangible asset over 4 years and the software technology over 8 years.

In connection with the NextGen acquisition, the Company recorded $275 of intangible assets related to
customer relationships and software technology. The Company amortizes the NextGen IS customer rela-
tionships intangible asset over 4 years and the software technology over 3 years.

In connection with the PMP acquisition, the Company recorded $3,817 of intangible assets related to
customer relationships and trade name. The Company amortizes the PMP customer relationships intangible
asset over 9 years and trade name over 4 years.

In connection with the HSI acquisition, the Company recorded $5,620 of intangible assets related to
customer relationships and trade name. The Company amortizes the HSI customer relationships intangible
asset over 6 years and trade name over 4 years.

The Company’s intangible assets, other than capitalized software development costs, with determinable

lives are summarized as follows:

March 31, 2011

Customer
Relationships

Trade Name

Software
Technology

Total

Gross carrying amount . . . . . . . . . . .
Accumulated amortization . . . . . . . . .

$10,206
(3,879)

Net intangible assets . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 6,327

$ 637
(429)

$ 208

$12,119
(1,764)

$22,962
(6,072)

$10,355

$16,890

Aggregate amortization expense

during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 1,522

$ 160

$ 1,573

$ 3,255

March 31, 2010

Customer
Relationships

Trade Name

Software
Technology

Total

Gross carrying amount . . . . . . . . . . .
Accumulated amortization . . . . . . . . .

$10,206
(2,357)

Net intangible assets . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 7,849

$ 637
(269)

$ 368

$12,119
(191)

$22,962
(2,817)

$11,928

$20,145

Aggregate amortization expense

during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 1,434

$ 158

$

191

$ 1,783

92

QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Activity related to the intangible assets is summarized as follows:

Customer
Relationships

Trade Name

Software
Technology

Total

Balance as of March 31, 2009 . . . . .
Acquisition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Amortization(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Balance as of March 31, 2010 . . . . .
Acquisition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Amortization(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 7,877
1,406
(1,434)

7,849
—
(1,522)

$ 526
—
(158)

368
—
(160)

$

— $ 8,403
13,525
(1,783)

12,119
(191)

11,928
—
(1,573)

20,145
—
(3,255)

Balance as of March 31, 2011 . . . . .

$ 6,327

$ 208

$10,355

$16,890

(1) Amortization of the customer relationships and trade name intangible assets is included in operating
expenses and amortization of the software technology intangible assets is included in cost of revenue for
software, hardware and supplies.

The following table represents the remaining estimated amortization of intangible assets with deter-

minable lives as of March 31, 2011:

For the year ended March 31,
2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 3,320
3,184
2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3,055
2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2,013
2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5,318
2016 and beyond. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $16,890

8. Capitalized Software Costs

The Company’s capitalized software development costs are summarized as follows:

March 31,
2011

March 31,
2010

Gross carrying amount
Accumulated amortization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 52,123
(36,973)

$ 41,429
(29,883)

Net capitalized software costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 15,150

$ 11,546

Aggregate amortization expense during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 7,091

$ 5,927

Activity related to net capitalized software costs is summarized as follows:

Fiscal Year Ended
March 31,

2011

2010

Beginning of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $11,546
10,695
Capitalized . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(7,091)
Amortization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 9,552
7,921
(5,927)

End of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $15,150

$11,546

93

QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following table represents the remaining estimated amortization of capitalized software costs as of

March 31, 2011:

For the year ended March 31,
2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 6,975
5,269
2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2,705
2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
201
2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $15,150

9. Composition of Certain Financial Statement Captions

Accounts receivable include amounts related to maintenance and services that were billed but not yet
rendered at each period end. Undelivered maintenance and services are included as a component of the
deferred revenue balance on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

March 31,
2011

March 31,
2010

Accounts receivable, excluding undelivered software, maintenance

and services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 90,487

$ 72,500

Undelivered software, maintenance and implementation services

billed in advance, included in deferred revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . .

56,002

39,447

Accounts receivable, gross . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Allowance for doubtful accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

146,489
(6,717)

111,947
(4,489)

Accounts receivable, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $139,772

$107,458

Inventories are summarized as follows:

March 31,
2011

March 31,
2010

Computer systems and components, net of reserve for obsolescence of
$264 and $237, respectively . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Miscellaneous parts and supplies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$1,925
8

$1,322
18

Inventories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$1,933

$1,340

Equipment and improvements are summarized as follows:

March 31,
2011

March 31,
2010

Computer equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 23,567
5,861
Furniture and fixtures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4,434
Leasehold improvements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 18,599
5,136
1,969

Accumulated depreciation and amortization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

33,862
(21,263)

25,704
(17,272)

Equipment and improvements, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 12,599

$ 8,432

94

QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Current and non-current deferred revenue are summarized as follows:

March 31,
2011

March 31,
2010

Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $11,108
52,197
Implementation services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10,127
Annual license services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3,263
Undelivered software and other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$13,242
38,137
8,214
4,516

Deferred revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $76,695

$64,109

Deferred revenue, net of current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 1,099

$

474

Accrued compensation and related benefits are summarized as follows:

March 31,
2011

March 31,
2010

Payroll, bonus and commission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 5,014
5,233
Vacation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$4,185
4,766

Accrued compensation and related benefits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $10,247

$8,951

Other current liabilities are summarized as follows:

March 31,
2011

March 31,
2010

Contingent consideration related to acquisitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $13,658
3,787
Care services liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2,801
Accrued EDI expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1,752
Accrued royalties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1,026
Accrued travel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
962
Customer deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
599
Outside commission payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
589
Sales tax payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
475
Self insurance reserve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
437
Deferred rent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
155
Professional services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3,075
Other accrued expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 5,275
2,336
2,000
926
125
1,036
468
506
516
641
391
2,000

Other current liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $29,316

$16,220

10.

Income Tax

During the years ended March 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, the Company recognized federal research
and development tax credits of $927, $605 and $859, respectively, and state research and development tax
credits of approximately $119, $129 and $166, respectively. Due to the expiration of the Internal Revenue
Service (“IRS”) statute related to research and development credits on December 31, 2009, the Company’s
research and development credits claimed for the year ended March 31, 2010 represent credits for the nine-
month period from April 1, 2009 through December 31, 2009. In December 2010, subsequent to the filing
of the fiscal year 2010 federal income tax return, a retroactive extension was enacted to extend the research
credit through December 31, 2011.

95

QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The Company also claimed the qualified production activities deduction under Section 199 of the
Internal Revenue Code (“IRC”) for $8,134, $4,133, and $2,747 during the years ended March 31, 2011,
2010, and 2009, respectively. The research and development credits and the qualified production activities
income deduction calculated by the Company involve certain assumptions and judgments regarding
qualification of expenses under the relevant tax code provisions.

The provision (benefit) for income taxes consists of the following components:

Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
2010

2011

2009

Current:

Federal taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $28,979
6,501
State taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$23,750
5,043

$18,818
4,992

Total current taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

35,480

28,793

23,810

Deferred:

Federal taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ (2,168) $
State taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(502)

(768) $ 2,802
596
(186)

Total deferred taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(2,670)

(954)

3,398

Provision for income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $32,810

$27,839

$27,208

The provision for income taxes differs from the amount computed at the federal statutory rate as follows:

Fiscal Year Ended
March 31,
2010

2009

2011

Current:

Federal income tax statutory rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.0% 35.0% 35.0%

Increase (decrease) resulting from:

State income taxes, net of Federal benefit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Research and development tax credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Qualified production activities income deduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4.1
(1.0)
(3.0)
(0.3)

4.3
(0.9)
(2.0)
0.1

5.2
(1.3)
(1.4)
(0.4)

Effective income tax rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34.8% 36.5% 37.1%

96

QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The net deferred tax assets and liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets consist of the

following:

Deferred tax assets:

March 31,
2011

March 31,
2010

Deferred revenue and allowance for doubtful accounts. . . . . . . . . . $ 8,646
122
Inventory valuation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
—
Purchased in-process research and development . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3,180
Accrued compensation and benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1,078
Deferred compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
452
State income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1,759
Compensatory stock option expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1,071
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 5,577
115
601
2,325
783
640
252
125

Total deferred tax assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

16,308

10,418

Deferred tax liabilities:

Accelerated depreciation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ (2,181) $ (1,529)
(4,806)
Capitalized software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(6,938)
Intangibles assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(2,326)
Prepaid expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(5,913)
(6,132)
(3,069)

Total deferred tax liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(17,295)

(15,599)

Deferred tax assets (liabilities), net

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

(987) $ (5,181)

The deferred tax assets and liabilities have been shown net in the accompanying consolidated balance
sheets based on the long-term or short-term nature of the items that give rise to the deferred amount. No
valuation allowance has been made against the deferred tax assets as management expects to receive the full
benefit of the assets recorded.

Uncertain tax positions

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits, which is recorded in

income taxes payable in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet, is as follows:

Balance as of March 31, 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 67
598
Additions for prior year tax positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(9)
Reductions for prior year tax positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Balance as of March 31, 2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $656
34
Additions for prior year tax positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(18)
Reductions for prior year tax positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Balance as of March 31, 2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $672

The total amount of unrecognized tax benefit that, if recognized, would decrease the income tax

provision is $672.

The Company’s continuing practice is to recognize estimated interest and/or penalties related to income
tax matters in general and administrative expenses. The Company had approximately $83 and $59 of

97

QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

accrued interest related to income tax matters at March 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. No penalties were
accrued.

The Company’s income tax returns filed for tax years 2007 through 2009 and 2006 through 2009 are
subject to examination by the federal and state taxing authorities, respectively. The Company is currently not
under examination by the IRS and is under examination by one state income tax authority and pending
examination by three additional state agencies. The Company does not anticipate that total unrecognized
tax benefits will significantly change due to the settlement of audits or the expiration of statute of limitations
within the next twelve months.

11. Employee Benefit Plans

The Company has a 401(k) plan available to substantially all of its employees. Participating employees
may defer up to the IRS limit based on the IRC per year. The annual contribution is determined by a formula set
by the Company’s Board of Directors and may include matching and/or discretionary contributions. The
amount of the Company match is discretionary and subject to change. The retirement plans may be amended
or discontinued at the discretion of the Board of Directors. Contributions of $479, $371 and $357 were
made by the Company to the 401(k) plan for the years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009,
respectively.

The Company has a deferred compensation plan (the “Deferral Plan”) for the benefit of those employees
who qualify for inclusion. Participating employees may defer up to 75% of their salary and 100% of their
annual bonus for a Deferral Plan year. In addition, the Company may, but is not required to, make
contributions into the Deferral Plan on behalf of participating employees, and the amount of the Company
match is discretionary and subject to change. Each employee’s deferrals together with earnings thereon are
accrued as part of the long-term liabilities of the Company. Investment decisions are made by each
participating employee from a family of mutual funds. Deferred compensation liability was $2,488 and
$1,883 at March 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. To offset this liability, the Company has purchased life
insurance policies on some of the participants. The Company is the owner and beneficiary of the policies and
the cash values are intended to produce cash needed to help make the benefit payments to employees when
they retire or otherwise leave the Company. The Company intends to hold the life insurance policy until the
death of the plan participant. The net cash surrender value of the life insurance policies for deferred
compensation was $2,953 and $2,670 at March 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The values of the life
insurance policies and the related Company obligation are included on the accompanying consolidated
balance sheets in long-term other assets and long-term deferred compensation, respectively. The Company
made contributions of $33, $48 and $29 to the Deferral Plan for the years ended March 31, 2011, 2010
and 2009, respectively.

The Company has a voluntary employee stock contribution plan for the benefit of full-time employees.
The plan is designed to allow qualified employees to acquire shares of the Company’s common stock through
automatic payroll deduction. Each eligible employee may authorize the withholding of up to 10% of his or
her gross payroll each pay period to be used to purchase shares on the open market by a broker designated
by the Company. In addition, the Company will match 5% of each employee’s contribution and will pay all
brokerage commissions and fees in connection with each purchase. The amount of the Company match is
discretionary and subject to change. The plan is not intended to be an employee benefit plan under the
Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and is therefore not required to comply with that Act.
Contributions of approximately $39, $35 and $14 were made by the Company for the years ended
March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

98

QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

12. Share-Based Awards

Employee Stock Option Plans

In September 1998, the Company’s shareholders approved a stock option plan (the “1998 Plan”) under
which 4,000,000 shares of common stock were reserved for the issuance of options. The 1998 Plan provides
that employees, directors and consultants of the Company may, at the discretion of the Board of Directors or a
duly designated compensation committee, be granted options to purchase shares of common stock. The
exercise price of each option granted was determined by the Board of Directors at the date of grant, and
options under the 1998 Plan expire no later than ten years from the grant date. Options granted will
generally become exercisable in accordance with the terms of the agreement pursuant to which they were
granted. Certain option grants to directors became exercisable three months from the date of grant. Upon an
acquisition of the Company by merger or asset sale, each outstanding option may be subject to accelerated
vesting under certain circumstances. The 1998 Plan terminated on December 31, 2007. As of March 31,
2011, there were 228,510 outstanding options related to this Plan.

In October 2005, the Company’s shareholders approved a stock option and incentive plan (the “2005
Plan”) under which 2,400,000 shares of common stock were reserved for the issuance of awards, including
stock options, incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted
stock, unrestricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares, performance units (including perfor-
mance options) and other share-based awards. The 2005 Plan provides that employees, directors and
consultants of the Company may, at the discretion of the Board of Directors or a duly designated compen-
sation committee, be granted awards to acquire shares of common stock. The exercise price of each option
award shall be determined by the Board of Directors at the date of grant in accordance with the terms of the
2005 Plan, and under the 2005 Plan awards expire no later than ten years from the grant date. Options
granted will generally become exercisable in accordance with the terms of the agreement pursuant to which
they were granted. Upon an acquisition of the Company by merger or asset sale, each outstanding option
may be subject to accelerated vesting under certain circumstances. The 2005 Plan terminates on May 25,
2015, unless terminated earlier by the Board of Directors. As of March 31, 2011, there were 470,268
outstanding options and 1,786,624 shares available for future grant related to this Plan.

99

QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

A summary of stock option transactions during the years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 is as

follows:

Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
per Share

Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)

Number of
Shares

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
(In thousands)

Outstanding, March 31, 2008 . . . . . . . . . . . 1,303,734
298,331
(697,083)
(84,900)

Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exercised. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forfeited/Canceled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Outstanding, March 31, 2009 . . . . . . . . . . .
Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exercised. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Outstanding, March 31, 2010 . . . . . . . . . . .
Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exercised. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forfeited/Canceled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

820,082
289,484
(237,603)

871,963
55,000
(153,714)
(74,471)

$22.81
$38.71
$17.96
$25.93

$32.39
$58.44
$24.64

$43.15
$58.29
$37.19
$55.01

Outstanding, March 31, 2011 . . . . . . . . . . .

698,778

$44.40

Vested and expected to vest, March 31,

2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

679,965

$44.21

Exercisable, March 31, 2011 . . . . . . . . . . . .

297,260

$36.66

$17,182

$ 8,254

$ 7,093

$27,213

$26,608

$13,875

4.5
7.3
2.0
5.8

3.9

3.9

2.3

The Company accounts for share-based compensation in accordance with ASC 718 and utilizes the
Black-Scholes valuation model for estimating the fair value of share-based compensation with the following
assumptions:

Year Ended
March 31, 2011

Year Ended
March 31, 2010

Year Ended
March 31, 2009

Expected life . . . . . . 4.2 years
Expected volatility. . . 42.6% - 44.7%
Expected dividends. .
Risk-free rate . . . . . .

1.9% - 2.2%
1.5% - 2.1%

4.4 - 4.8 years
45.5% - 47.7%
1.9% - 2.2%
0.8% - 2.4%

4.0 years
42.0% - 46.7%
2.9% - 3.5%
1.1% - 3.4%

The weighted average grant date fair value of stock options granted during the years ended March 31,

2011, 2010 and 2009 was $18.48, $19.30 and $11.22 per share, respectively.

The Company issues new shares to satisfy option exercises. Based on historical experience of option
cancellations, the Company has estimated an annualized forfeiture rate of 3.6%, 1.7% and 1.9% for
employee options for the years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 and 0.0% for director options for
the years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009. Forfeiture rates will be adjusted over the requisite service
period when actual forfeitures differ, or are expected to differ, from the estimate.

During the years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, a total of 55,000, 289,484 and 298,331
options, respectively, were granted under the 2005 Plan at an exercise price equal to the market price of the

100

QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Company’s common stock on the date of grant. A summary of stock options granted under the 2005 Plan
during the years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 is as follows:

Option Grant Date

November 29, 2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
August 3, 2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
June 4, 2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
June 2, 2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fiscal year 2011 option grants . . . .
February 16, 2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
February 16, 2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
December 7, 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
November 30, 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
September 17, 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fiscal year 2010 option grants . . . .
November 5, 2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
September 9, 2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
August 18, 2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
August 11, 2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
June 13, 2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Number of
Shares

Exercise Price

Vesting
Terms(1)

Expires

10,000
5,000
25,000
15,000

55,000
118,059
3,000
63,425
75,000
30,000

289,484
80,141
35,000
50,000
25,000
108,190

$64.32
$55.24
$56.29
$58.62

$56.95
$56.95
$60.29
$59.49
$58.03

$42.20
$45.61
$40.08
$40.71
$32.79

Five years November 29, 2018
August 3, 2018
Five years
June 4, 2018
Five years
June 2, 2018
Five years

February 16, 2018
Five years
February 16, 2013
Two years
December 7, 2017
Five years
Five years November 30, 2017
Five years September 17, 2017

Four years November 5, 2013
September 9, 2015
Four years
August 18, 2013
Four years
August 11, 2013
Four years
June 13, 2013
Four years

Fiscal year 2009 option grants . . . .

298,331

(1) Options vest in equal annual installments on each grant anniversary date beginning one year after the

grant date.

Performance-Based Awards

On May 26, 2010, the Board of Directors approved its fiscal year 2011 equity incentive program for
certain employees to be awarded options to purchase the Company’s common stock. The maximum number
of options available under the equity incentive program plan is 280,000, of which 115,000 are reserved for
the Company’s named executive officers and 165,000 for non-executive employees of the Company. Under
the program, executives are eligible to receive options based on meeting certain target increases in earnings
per share performance and revenue growth during fiscal year 2011. Under the program, the non-executive
employees are eligible to receive options based on satisfying certain management established criteria and
recommendations of senior management. The options shall be issued pursuant to one of the Company’s
shareholder approved option plans, have an exercise price equal to the closing price of the Company’s
shares on the date of grant, a term of eight years and vesting in five equal annual installments commencing
one year following the date of grant.

Compensation expense associated with the performance based awards under the Company’s 2011
incentive plan are initially based on the number of options expected to vest after assessing the probability that
certain performance criteria will be met. Cumulative adjustments are recorded quarterly to reflect subsequent
changes in the estimated outcome of performance-related conditions. The Company utilized the Black-
Scholes option valuation model and recorded stock compensation expense related to the performance based
awards of approximately $788 during the year ended March 31, 2011 using the assumptions below. During
the year ended March 31, 2009, there was no stock compensation expense related to performance based
awards.

101

QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Expected life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expected volatility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expected dividends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Risk-free rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Year Ended
March 31, 2011

Year Ended
March 31, 2010

4.3 years

4.4 years

41.6%
1.5%
2.2%

45.5%
2.2%
2.3%

Non-vested stock option award activity, including employee stock options and performance-based

awards, during the years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 is summarized as follows:

Outstanding, March 31, 2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vested . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forfeited/Canceled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Outstanding, March 31, 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vested . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Outstanding, March 31, 2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vested . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forfeited/Canceled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Non-Vested
Number of
Shares

649,436
298,331
(397,522)
(84,900)

465,345
289,484
(143,993)

610,836
55,000
(189,847)
(74,471)

Outstanding, March 31, 2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

401,518

Weighted-
Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value
per Share

$ 9.57
$11.22
$ 8.14
$10.17

$11.74
$19.30
$12.03

$15.26
$18.48
$12.86
$18.82

$16.17

As of March 31, 2011, $4,740 of total unrecognized compensation costs related to stock options is
expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 5.0 years. This amount does not include the
cost of new options that may be granted in future periods or any changes in the Company’s forfeiture
percentage. The total fair value of options vested during the years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
was $2,442, $1,732 and $3,236, respectively.

Restricted Stock Units

On May 27, 2009, the Board of Directors approved its Outside Director Compensation Plan, whereby
each non-employee Director is to be awarded shares of restricted stock units upon election or re-election to the
Board. The restricted stock units are awarded under the 2005 Plan. Such restricted stock units vest in two
equal, annual installments on the first and second anniversaries of the grant date and are nontransferable for
one year following vesting. Upon each vesting of the award, one share of common stock shall be issued for
each restricted stock unit. The weighted-average grant date fair value for the restricted stock units was
estimated using the market price of its common stock on the date of grant. The fair value of these restricted
stock units is amortized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period.

As of March 31, 2011, 17,146 restricted stock units were issued and approximately $427 and $136 of
compensation expense was recorded under this Plan during the years ended March 31, 2011 and 2010,

102

QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

respectively. There were no restricted stock units issued during the year ended March 31, 2009. Restricted
stock units award activity for the years ended March 31, 2011 and 2010 is summarized as follows:

Outstanding, March 31, 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Outstanding, March 31, 2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vested . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Number of
Shares

—
8,000

8,000
9,146
(5,698)

Outstanding, March 31, 2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

11,448

Weighted-
Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value
per Share

$53.86

$53.86
$54.62
$54.43

$54.18

As of March 31, 2011, $368 of total unrecognized compensation costs related to restricted stock units is
expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.1 years. This amount does not include the
cost of new restricted stock units that may be granted in future periods.

13. Commitments, Guarantees and Contingencies

Rental Commitments

The Company leases facilities and offices under irrevocable operating lease agreements expiring at
various dates through September 2016 with rent escalation clauses. Rent expense related to these leases is
recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease terms. Rent expense for the years ended March 31, 2011,
2010 and 2009 was $3,964, $4,264 and $3,560, respectively. Rental commitments under these agree-
ments are as follows:

Year ended March 31,
2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 5,137
5,475
2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5,424
2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5,008
2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5,697
2016 and beyond. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$26,741

Commitments and Guarantees

Software license agreements in both the QSI Dental Divisions and NextGen Division include a perfor-
mance guarantee that the Company’s software products will substantially operate as described in the
applicable program documentation for a period of 365 days after delivery. To date, the Company has not
incurred any significant costs associated with its performance guarantee or other related warranties and does
not expect to incur significant warranty costs in the future. Therefore, no accrual has been made for potential
costs associated with these warranties. Certain arrangements also include performance guarantees related
to response time, availability for operational use, and other performance-related guarantees. Certain
arrangements also include penalties in the form of maintenance credits should the performance of the
software fail to meet the performance guarantees. To date, the Company has not incurred any significant
costs associated with these warranties and does not expect to incur significant warranty costs in the future.
Therefore, no accrual has been made for potential costs associated with these warranties.

103

QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The Company has historically offered short-term rights of return in certain sales arrangements. If the
Company is able to estimate returns for these types of arrangements and all other criteria for revenue
recognition have been met, revenue is recognized and these arrangements are recorded in the consolidated
financial statements. If the Company is unable to estimate returns for these types of arrangements, revenue is
not recognized in the consolidated financial statements until the rights of return expire, provided also, that all
other criteria of revenue recognition have been met.

Certain standard sales agreements contain a money back guarantee providing for a performance
guarantee that is already part of the software license agreement as well as training and support. The money
back guarantee also warrants that the software will remain robust and flexible to allow participation in the
federal health incentive programs. The specific elements of the performance guarantee pertain to aspects of
the software, which the Company has already tested and confirmed to consistently meet using the Company’s
existing software without any modifications or enhancements. To date, the Company has not incurred any
costs associated with this guarantee and does not expect to incur significant costs in the future. Therefore, no
accrual has been made for potential costs associated with this guarantee.

The Company’s standard sales agreements in the NextGen Division contain an indemnification pro-
vision pursuant to which it shall indemnify, hold harmless, and reimburse the indemnified party for losses
suffered or incurred by the indemnified party in connection with any United States patent, any copyright or
other intellectual property infringement claim by any third-party with respect to its software. The QSI Dental
Division arrangements occasionally utilize this type of language as well. As the Company has not incurred
any significant costs to defend lawsuits or settle claims related to these indemnification agreements, the
Company believes that its estimated exposure on these agreements is currently minimal. Accordingly, the
Company has no liabilities recorded for these indemnification obligations.

The Company has entered into marketing assistance agreements with existing users of the Company’s
products which provide the opportunity for those users to earn commissions if they host specific site visits upon
the Company’s request for prospective clients that directly result in a purchase of the Company’s software by
the visiting prospects. Amounts earned by existing users under this program are treated as a selling expense
in the period when earned.

Litigation

The Company has experienced certain legal claims by parties asserting that it has infringed certain
intellectual property rights. The Company believes that these claims are without merit and the Company has
defended them vigorously. However, in order to avoid the further legal costs and diversion of management
resources it is reasonably possible that a settlement may be reached which could result in a liability to the
Company. However, at this time it is not possible to estimate with reasonable certainty what amount, if any,
may be incurred as a result of a settlement. Litigation is inherently uncertain and always difficult to predict.

14. Operating Segment Information

The Company has prepared operating segment information in accordance with ASC 280 to report
components that are evaluated regularly by its chief operating decision maker, or decision making group, in
deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance.

During fiscal year 2011, as a result of certain organizational changes, the composition of the
Company’s NextGen Division was revised to exclude the Company’s inpatient solutions entities (Opus
and NextGen IS), both of which are now aggregated in the Company’s Inpatient Solutions Division.
Following the reorganization, the Company now operates four reportable segments (not including Corpo-
rate), comprised of the NextGen Division, the Inpatient Solutions Division, the QSI Dental Division and the
Practice Solutions Division.

104

QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Prior period segment results were revised accordingly to reflect the organizational changes. The results
of operations related to the fiscal year 2010 acquisitions of Opus and NextGen IS are now included in the
Inpatient Solutions Division. The results of operations related to the fiscal year 2009 acquisitions of HSI and
PMP are included in the Practice Solutions Division.

The QSI Dental Division, co-located with the Company’s corporate headquarters in Irvine, California,

currently focuses on developing, marketing and supporting software suites sold to dental practices.

The NextGen Division, with headquarters in Horsham, Pennsylvania, provides integrated clinical,

financial and connectivity solutions for ambulatory and dental provider organizations.

The Inpatient Solutions Division, with its primary location in Austin, Texas, provides integrated clinical,

financial and connectivity solutions for rural and community hospitals.

The NextGen Division, with headquarters in Horsham, Pennsylvania, and significant

locations in
Atlanta, Georgia and Austin, Texas, focuses principally on developing and marketing products and services
for medical practices.

The Practice Solutions Division, with locations in St. Louis, Missouri and Hunt Valley, Maryland, focuses
primarily on providing physician practices with RCM services, primarily billing and collection services for
medical practices. This Division combines a Web-delivered SaaS model and the NextGenpm software
platform to execute its service offerings.

lines, product platforms, development, implementation and support

The Divisions operate largely as stand-alone operations, with each Division maintaining its own distinct
product
teams, sales staffing and
branding. The Divisions share the resources of the Company’s “corporate office,” which includes a variety
of accounting and other administrative functions. Additionally, there are a small but growing number of
clients who are simultaneously utilizing software or services from more than one of the Divisions.

The accounting policies of the Company’s operating segments are the same as those described in
Note 2, except that the disaggregated financial results of the segments reflect allocation of certain functional
expense categories consistent with the basis and manner in which Company management internally
disaggregates financial information for the purpose of assisting in making internal operating decisions.
Certain corporate overhead costs, such as executive and accounting department personnel-related
expenses, are not allocated to the individual segments by management.

105

QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Operating segment data is as follows:

Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
2010

2011

2009

Revenue:

QSI Dental Division . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 19,966
266,546
NextGen Division . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
17,898
Inpatient Solutions Division . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
48,953
Practice Solutions Division . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 17,128
228,730
2,891
43,062

$ 15,851
203,954
—
25,710

Consolidated revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $353,363

$291,811

$245,515

Operating income:

QSI Dental Division . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 4,672
104,391
NextGen Division . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5,362
Inpatient Solutions Division . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Practice Solutions Division . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4,235
(24,568)
Unallocated corporate expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 3,460
87,432
676
2,314
(18,158)

$ 3,385
81,323
—
2,455
(14,760)

Consolidated operating income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 94,092

$ 75,724

$ 72,403

Management evaluates performance based upon stand-alone segment operating income. Because the
Company does not evaluate performance based upon return on assets at the operating segment level, assets
are not tracked internally by segment. Therefore, segment asset information is not presented.

All of the recorded goodwill at March 31, 2011 relates to the Company’s NextGen Division, Inpatient
Solutions Division and Practice Solutions Division. The goodwill relating to the fiscal year 2009 acquisitions
of HSI and PMP is recorded in the Practice Solutions Division. The goodwill relating to the fiscal year 2010
acquisitions of Opus and NextGen IS is recorded in the Inpatient Solutions Division. See Note 6.

15. Subsequent Events

On April 1, 2011, the Company entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement (“Agreement”), with
IntraNexus, Inc. The purchase price consisted of cash consideration of $3,250 plus additional contingent
consideration to be made over a three year period as defined in the Agreement, not to exceed $1,650.

On May 25, 2011, the Board of Directors approved a quarterly cash dividend of $0.35 per share on the
Company’s outstanding shares of common stock, payable to shareholders of record as of June 17, 2011 with
an expected distribution date on or about July 5, 2011.

106

QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

16. Selected Quarterly Operating Results

The following table presents quarterly unaudited consolidated financial information for the eight
quarters preceding March 31, 2011. Such information is presented on the same basis as the annual
information presented in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. In management’s opinion, this
information reflects all adjustments that are necessary for a fair presentation of the results for these periods.

06/30/09 09/30/09 12/31/09 03/31/10 06/30/10 09/30/10 12/31/10 03/31/11

Quarter Ended

(Unaudited)

Revenues:

Software, hardware and supplies. . . . . $17,776 $22,856 $24,346 $24,783 $24,756 $20,375 $29,675 $31,708
Implementation and training services . .
4,946
36,654
System sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
29,046
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electronic data interchange services . . .
10,756
Revenue cycle management and related
services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance, EDI, RCM and other

4,308
29,064
25,536
9,764

4,262
33,937
27,908
10,360

4,499
24,874
27,529
10,142

3,313
27,659
22,139
8,897

3,380
26,236
21,475
8,796

3,457
21,233
21,640
8,161

4,226
29,009
23,938
9,181

11,175
7,737

10,772
7,791

11,622
9,030

11,496
8,170

8,888
6,303

9,602
6,665

9,183
7,202

8,992
6,612

services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

45,405
66,638

45,462
71,698

47,303
74,962

49,504
78,513

53,863
82,927

56,583
81,457

57,934
91,871

60,454
97,108

Cost of revenue:

Software, hardware and supplies. . . . .
Implementation and training services . .
Total cost of system sales. . . . . . . . .
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electronic data interchange services . . .
Revenue cycle management and related
services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total cost of maintenance, EDI, RCM

and other services . . . . . . . . . . .
Total cost of revenue . . . . . . . . . . .
Gross profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Operating expenses:

Selling, general and administrative. . . .
Research and development costs . . . . .
Amortization of acquired intangible

assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total operating expenses . . . . . . . .
Income from operations . . . . . . . . .
Interest income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other income (expense), net . . . . . . . . .
Income before provision for income

2,704
2,881
5,585
3,025
5,890

6,522
4,867

3,737
3,296
7,033
3,255
6,164

6,856
5,003

2,810
2,898
5,708
3,392
6,525

7,124
5,560

2,864
2,908
5,772
3,667
6,683

7,213
4,963

6,212
2,990
9,202
3,454
6,709

8,145
4,349

4,696
3,475
8,171
3,238
6,773

8,222
3,724

5,667
3,677
9,344
3,381
6,908

8,715
3,981

3,204
4,868
8,072
2,875
7,321

8,733
6,165

20,304
25,889
40,749

21,278
28,311
43,387

22,601
28,309
46,653

22,526
28,298
50,215

22,657
31,859
51,068

21,957
30,128
51,329

22,985
32,329
59,542

25,094
33,166
63,942

20,093
3,977

20,061
4,346

21,574
3,954

25,223
4,269

26,238
5,456

24,829
5,232

27,958
5,358

29,285
5,751

357
24,427
16,322
78
58

367
24,774
18,613
59
—

377
25,905
20,748
43
136

682
30,174
20,041
46
74

347
32,041
19,027
60
(6)

445
30,506
20,823
129
65

445
33,761
25,781
55
—

445
35,481
28,461
19
2

taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Provision for income taxes. . . . . . . . . . .

28,482
9,929
Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $10,346 $11,820 $13,152 $13,061 $12,092 $13,430 $17,531 $18,553

20,161
7,100

18,672
6,852

20,927
7,775

16,458
6,112

19,081
6,989

21,017
7,587

25,836
8,305

Net income per share:

Basic* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 0.36 $ 0.41 $ 0.46 $ 0.45 $ 0.42 $
Diluted* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 0.36 $ 0.41 $ 0.46 $ 0.45 $ 0.42 $

Weighted-average shares outstanding:

0.46 $ 0.60 $ 0.64
0.46 $ 0.60 $ 0.64

Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

28,492
28,635
Dividends declared per common share . . . $ 0.30 $ 0.30 $ 0.30 $ 0.30 $ 0.30 $

28,597
28,742

28,667
28,833

28,784
28,929

28,896
29,057

28,935
29,078

29,005
29,202
0.30 $ 0.30 $ 0.35

28,978
29,140

* Quarterly EPS may not sum to annual EPS due to rounding

107

SCHEDULE II — VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

For the Year Ended

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Balance at
Beginning of
Year

Additions
Charged to Costs
and Expenses

Deductions

Balance at
End of
Year

(In thousands)

March 31, 2011 . . . . . . . . . . . .
March 31, 2010 . . . . . . . . . . . .
March 31, 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . .

$4,489
$3,877
$2,528

$3,780
$3,465
$2,089

$(1,552)
$(2,853)
$ (740)

$6,717
$4,489
$3,877

For the Year Ended

Allowance for Inventory Obsolescence

Balance at
Beginning of
Year

Additions
Charged to Costs
and Expenses

Deductions

Balance at
End of
Year

March 31, 2011 . . . . . . . . . . . .
March 31, 2010 . . . . . . . . . . . .
March 31, 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . .

$237
$210
$223

(In thousands)

$27
$27
$ —

$ —
$ —
$(13)

$264
$237
$210

108

Exhibit
Number

21
23.1
23.2
31.1

31.2

32.1

INDEX TO EXHIBITS ATTACHED TO THIS REPORT

Description

List of subsidiaries.
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm — PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm — Grant Thornton LLP.
Certification of Principal Executive Officer Required by Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002.
Certification of Principal Financial Officer Required by Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002.
Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C.
Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
XBRL Instance

101.INS*
101.SCH* XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema
101.CAL*
101.LAB*
101.PRE*

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation

* XBRL information is furnished and not filed or a part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of
section 11 or 12 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1933, as amended, is deemed not filed for
purposes of section 18 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and otherwise is not
subject to liability under these section.

109

Certification of Principal Executive Officer Required by Rule 13A-14(A) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as Amended, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002

Exhibit 31.1

I, Steven T. Plochocki, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Form 10-K of Quality Systems, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to
state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which
such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report,
fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the
registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure
controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control
over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and
have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and proce-
dures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the
registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities,
particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial
reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this
report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end
of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that
occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the
case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the
registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of
internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the
registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over
financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record,
process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a

significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: May 27, 2011

By: /s/ Steven T. Plochocki
Steven T. Plochocki
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

110

Certification of Principal Financial Officer Required by Rule 13A-14(A) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as Amended, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002

Exhibit 31.2

I, Paul A. Holt, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Form 10-K of Quality Systems, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to
state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which
such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report,
fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the
registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure
controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control
over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and
have:

(c) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures
to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant,
including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly
during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(d) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial
reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(e) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this
report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end
of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(f) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that
occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the
case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the
registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of
internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the
registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over
financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record,
process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a

significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: May 27, 2011

By: /s/ Paul A. Holt
Paul A. Holt
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Accounting Officer)

111

Exhibit 32.1

Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C.
Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

In connection with the annual report on Form 10-K of Quality Systems, Inc. (the “Company”) for the year
ended March 31, 2011 (the “Report”), the undersigned hereby certify in their capacities as Chief Executive
Officer and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, respectively, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. section 1350, as
adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

1. the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of

1934, as amended; and

2. the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and

results of operations of the Company.

Dated: May 27, 2011

Dated: May 27, 2011

By: /s/ Steven T. Plochocki
Steven T. Plochocki
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

By: /s/ Paul A. Holt
Paul A. Holt
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Accounting Officer)

112

C O M P A N Y  P R O f I L E

Quality Systems, Inc. (NASDAQ:QSII) develops and markets computer-based practice 

management, electronic health records and revenue cycle management applications as well as 

connectivity products and services. The Company serves medical and dental group practices as 

well as rural and community hospitals. 

f I N A N C I A L  H I G H L I G H T S

Fiscal year ended March 31, 

2011  

2010  

2009 

 2008 

2007

Revenue 

Net income 

$353,363  $291,811  $245,515  $186,500  $157,165

$61,606 

48,379 

46,119 

40,078 

33,232

Diluted earnings per share 

$2.12 

$1.68 

$1.62 

$1.44 

 $1.21

Cash dividends declared per share  

$1.25 

$1.20 

$1.15 

$1.00 

$1.00

Total shareholders’ equity 

$224, 670  $188,289  $155,567  $113,705  $91,246

 (in thousands, except per share amounts)

A b O U T T H E  C O v E R

The front cover is a representation of a geometric shape known as a fractal.  A fractal is divisible into parts, each of 

which is a smaller copy of the whole.  Similarly, Quality Systems’ electronic-based solutions for the healthcare industry, 

such as practice management, patient records and revenue cycle management applications, can be customized into parts 

to meet the specific needs of medical, dental and ambulatory group practices as well as rural and community hospitals.  

Currently used by more than 70,000 physicians and dentists nationwide, Quality Systems’ solutions have been tested, 

trusted and proven and can be scaled to handle the impending nationwide demand for a unified transition to electronic 

health records.

C O R P O R A T E  I N f O R M A T I O N

b O A R D  O f   DI R E C T O R S

Sheldon Razin
Chairman of the Board and Founder, Quality Systems, Inc.

Steven T. Plochocki
Chief Executive Officer, Quality Systems, Inc.

Craig A. barbarosh
Partner, Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman, LLP

Murray f. brennan, MD
Memorial Sloan Kettering Cancer Center, New York

George H. bristol
Managing Director, Janas Associates

Patrick b. Cline
President, Quality Systems, Inc.

Ahmed D. Hussein
Director, Cairo, Egypt

D. Russell Pflueger
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Quiescence Medical, Inc.

Maureen A. Spivack
Managing Director, Morgan Keegan & Company, Inc.

O f f I C E R S O f  T H E  C O M P A N Y

Steven T. Plochocki
Chief Executive Officer

Patrick b. Cline
President

Paul A. Holt
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

James J. Sullivan 
Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

Scott Decker
President, NextGen Healthcare

Donn E. Neufeld
Executive Vice President, EDI and Dental

Steve Puckett
Executive Vice President, NextGen Inpatient Solutions

Monte L. Sandler
Executive Vice President, NextGen Practice Solutions

L E G A L   C O U N S E L

Rutan & Tucker, LLP
Costa Mesa, California

I N D E P E N D E N T   A U D I T O R S

PricewaterhouseCoopers
Irvine, California

S T O C k   T R A N S f E R  A G E N T  & 
R E G I S T R A R

Computershare
Glendale, California

AN N U A L   M E E T I N G

2011 Annual Shareholders’ Meeting will be held on 
Thursday, August 11, 2011 at 1:00 PM Pacific Time.  
The meeting will be held at:

The Center Club 
650 Town Center Drive 
Costa Mesa, California 92626

f O R M   10 - k

A copy of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K,  
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, is 
available on the Company’s website at www.qsii.com or by 
contacting the Company at:

Quality Systems, Inc. 
Attention: Investor Relations 
18111 Von Karman Avenue, Suite 700 
Irvine, California 92612 
949.255.2600

f O R w A R D - L O OkI N G   S T A T E M E N T S

Statements  made  in  this  Annual  Report  to  Shareholders  and 
in  our  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  (“Form  10-K”)  contained 
herein  (collectively,  this  “Report”),  other  reports  and  proxy 
statements  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission 
(“Commission”), communications to shareholders, press releases 
and  oral  statements  made  by  our  representatives  that  are  not 
historical  in  nature,  or  that  state  our  or  management’s  inten-
tions,  hopes,  beliefs,  expectations  or  predictions  of  the  future, 
may constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning 
of Section 21E of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as 
amended. Forward-looking statements can often be identified by 
the use of forward-looking terminology, such as “could,” “should,” 
“will,” “will be,” “will lead,” “will assist,” “intended,” “continue,” 
“believe,”  “may,”  “expect,”  “hope,”  “anticipate,”  “goal,”  “fore-
cast,” “plan,” “potentially” or “estimate” or variations thereof or 
similar expressions. Forward-looking statements are not guaran-
tees of future performance. Forward-looking statements involve 
risks, uncertainties and assumptions. It is important to note that 
any such performance and actual results, financial condition or 
business,  could  differ  materially  from  those  expressed  in  such 
forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute 
to such differences include, but are not limited to, the risk factors 
discussed in Item 1A of our Form 10-K as well as factors discussed 
elsewhere in this and other reports and documents we file with 
the Commission. Other unforeseen factors not identified herein 
could also have such an effect. We undertake no obligation to 
update or revise forward-looking statements to reflect changed 
assumptions, the occurrence of unanticipated events or changes in 
future operating results, financial condition or business over time 
unless required by law. Interested persons are urged to review 
the risks described under Item 1A, “Risk Factors” and in Item 7, 
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition 
and Results of Operations” in our Form 10-K, as well as in our 
other public disclosures and filings with the Commission.

n
o
s
l
O
r
e
t
e
P

:
Y
H
P
A
R
G
O
T
O
H
P

y
e

l
l

e
n
n
o
D
R

R

:

G
N
I
T
N
R
P

I

.
c
n

I

,
n
g
i
s
e
D
r
e
k
r
a
b

:

I

N
G
S
E
D

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Q
U
A
L

I
T
Y

S
Y
S
T
E
M
S
,

I

N
C

.

2
0
1
1

A
N
N
U
A
L

R
E
P
O
R
T

C O R P O R AT E   H E A D Q U A R T E R S / Q S I D E N TA L   L O C AT I O N

18111 Von Karman Avenue, Suite 700

Irvine, California  92612

949.255.2600

www.qsii.com

NExTGE N  HE A LT H C A R E  LO C AT I O N S

795 Horsham Road 

Horsham, Pennsylvania 19044 

215.657.7010

3340 Peachtree Road NE, Suite 2700 

Atlanta, Georgia 30326 

404.467.1500

286 Grand Avenue 

Southlake, Texas 76092 

215.657.7010

1836 Lackland Hill Parkway 

St. Louis, Missouri 63146 

314.989.0300

11350 McCormick Road 

Executive Plaza IV, Suite 600 

Hunt Valley, Maryland 21031 

443.933.4300

12301-B Riata Trace Parkway, Suite 200 

Austin, Texas 78727 

512.336.7200

www.nextgen.com

Right Place.

Right Time. 

Right Solutions.

Q U A L I T Y   S Y S T E M S,   I N C .

2 0 1 1   A N N U A L   R E P O R T